From b499361bb136d1d3399ff6f58df8e376adf774e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Anas Nashif Date: Tue, 27 Nov 2012 07:14:34 -0800 Subject: [PATCH 1/1] Imported Upstream version 1.7 --- AUTHORS | 10 + COPYING | 339 +++++ ChangeLog | 231 +++ INSTALL | 181 +++ Makefile.am | 18 + Makefile.in | 344 +++++ NEWS | 25 + README | 13 + configure | 1641 +++++++++++++++++++++ configure.in | 42 + error.c | 211 +++ getopt.c | 826 +++++++++++ getopt.h | 130 ++ getopt1.c | 181 +++ getpagesize.h | 39 + install-sh | 250 ++++ mdate-sh | 91 ++ mkinstalldirs | 40 + port.h | 30 + resuse.c | 129 ++ resuse.h | 69 + stamp-vti | 1 + texinfo.tex | 4586 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ time.c | 663 +++++++++ time.info | 478 ++++++ time.texi | 527 +++++++ version.c | 1 + version.texi | 3 + wait.h | 42 + 29 files changed, 11141 insertions(+) create mode 100644 AUTHORS create mode 100644 COPYING create mode 100644 ChangeLog create mode 100644 INSTALL create mode 100644 Makefile.am create mode 100644 Makefile.in create mode 100644 NEWS create mode 100644 README create mode 100755 configure create mode 100644 configure.in create mode 100644 error.c create mode 100644 getopt.c create mode 100644 getopt.h create mode 100644 getopt1.c create mode 100644 getpagesize.h create mode 100755 install-sh create mode 100755 mdate-sh create mode 100755 mkinstalldirs create mode 100644 port.h create mode 100644 resuse.c create mode 100644 resuse.h create mode 100644 stamp-vti create mode 100644 texinfo.tex create mode 100644 time.c create mode 100644 time.info create mode 100644 time.texi create mode 100644 version.c create mode 100644 version.texi create mode 100644 wait.h diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac06dae --- /dev/null +++ b/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +Authors of GNU time. + +David Keppel. Original version. + +David MacKenzie. POSIXization, autoconfiscation, GNU getoptization, +documentation, other bug fixes and improvements. + +Arne Henrik Juul. Helped with portability. + +Francois Pinard. Helped with portability. diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a43ea21 --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbd29d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +Thu Jul 11 12:37:17 1996 David J MacKenzie + + * Version 1.7. + +Thu Jun 13 15:38:36 1996 David J MacKenzie + + * time.c (run_command): Change const qualification of CMD arg. + * resuse.c: Include wait.h. + +Wed Jun 12 13:27:26 1996 David J MacKenzie + + * Update configuration to use Automake 1.0. + +Fri Nov 11 11:42:42 1994 David J. MacKenzie + + * time.c: Rename sighand_t to sighandler to avoid restricted + namespace. + (TICKS_PER_SEC): Add cases for more OS's. + + * wait.h: New file. + * time.c (summarize, main): Use it. Report if the child was signalled. + * Makefile.am: Add dependencies. + * configure.in: Use AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT instead of checking for + union wait. + * resuse.c: Don't use union wait. + * resuse.h: Add multiple include protection. + +Tue Nov 8 01:05:09 1994 David J. MacKenzie + + * time.c (main) [!sun3 && !hp300]: Ticks per sec is 100. + +Fri Nov 4 11:08:53 1994 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * configure.in: Update for Autoconf v2. + * Makefile.am: New file. + * Various other auxiliary files updated. + +Sat Oct 9 19:16:15 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Version 1.6. + + * time.c: Comment fixes. + + * configure.in: Remove AC_UNISTD_H; add unistd.h to AC_HAVE_HEADERS. + +Fri Sep 17 13:46:47 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (run_command): Remove cast to execvp arg. + +Fri Sep 10 11:24:48 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Version 1.5. + +Fri Jul 30 17:39:04 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Replace wait3.c, rusage.h, and timeval.h with resuse.[ch] + and port.h. Add support for Solaris sys/rusage.h from + arnej@imf.unit.no (Arne Henrik Juul). + + * time.c: Make most functions static. + (getargs): Return the command line. + + (summarize): Ensure leading zero in tenths place of seconds. + From jrs@world.std.com (Rick Sladkey). + + * configure.in: Remove AC_ALLOCA. Add AC_CONST, AC_PID_T, AC_SIZE_T. + + * time.c: Change bool/YES/NO to boolean/true/false. + (usage): Take stream and status args. Update message. + (getargs): Pass them. Add --help. Exit after --version. + +Thu Jul 29 20:53:52 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Makefile.in (config.status): Run config.status --recheck, not + configure, to get the right args passed. + +Thu Jul 8 20:09:30 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Makefile.in (installdirs, configure, config.status, + Makefile): New targets. + +Tue Dec 8 22:04:56 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c: Use HAVE_STRING_H instead of USG. + +Wed Oct 28 13:59:19 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Version 1.4. + + * time.c (getargs, usage): Add --version -V option. + +Fri Jul 3 15:20:45 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c, wait3.c: Change FOO_MISSING to HAVE_FOO. + +Thu May 7 15:14:54 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * error.c: New file. + * time.c: Use it. + + * getpagesize.h rusage.h timeval.h wait3.c: New files for + non-BSD port. + * time.c: Rearrange includes for non-BSD systems. + + * time.c: Clarify descriptions of %X, %D, %M, and %t. + +Wed Apr 22 02:14:34 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c: SIGTYPE -> RETSIGTYPE. + +Wed Apr 1 14:52:10 1992 Charles Hannum (mycroft@gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (sighand_t): Renamed from signal_t. + (runcmd): Use sighand_t. + +Tue Mar 31 01:30:04 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Version 1.3. + +Sat Feb 8 09:14:11 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (usage): Document long options with prefix of -- + instead of +. + +Tue Dec 24 00:45:22 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c: Change POSIX ifdef to HAVE_UNISTD_H and _POSIX_VERSION. + +Sat Dec 7 00:33:35 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (runcmd): Simplify test for which exit + status to use if exec fails. + +Mon Aug 12 17:30:10 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at frob) + + * Version 1.2. + + * time.c: Reorganize decls. Add version string. + (summarize): Add %e conversion for POSIX format. + Fix printf specs for long and unsigned values. + (getargs): Add -p +portability option to select POSIX format. + (usage): Document it. + (runcmd): Use POSIX.2a draft 7 exit status. + +Fri Aug 2 12:55:59 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) + + * Makefile.in (dist): Include info files and texinfo.tex. + (install): Install info files. + * configure: Set INSTALLDATA. + + * configure: Support +srcdir arg. Create config.status and + remove it and Makefile if interrupted while creating them. + * Makefile.in: Add prefix. + +Mon Jul 15 13:48:39 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * configure: Also look in sys/signal.h for signal decl. + +Wed Jul 10 01:41:03 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * configure, Makefile.in: $(INSTALLPROG) -> $(INSTALL). + +Sat Jul 6 22:39:11 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * Version 1.1. + + * README: New file. + + * Replace Makefile with Makefile.in and configure. + + * time.c: Rearrange includes to use POSIX and ANSI C + headers if available. + * proto.h: File eliminated. + +Tue Dec 18 04:03:05 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) + + * Version 1.0. + + * Merge types.h into time.c. + + * Allow for signal handlers that return int instead of void. + + * time.c (summarize): Change some letters so the control + string is a superset of the one used by the tcsh time command. + +Mon Dec 17 19:42:23 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) + + * types.h, time.c: Rename MAXLONG to LONG_MAX, and get it from + limits.h if possible. Don't require -DDEFAULT for normal + compilation. Use `const' instead of `CONST' and `static' + instead of `STATIC'. Remove -DSHARED code. + +Sun Aug 12 00:23:34 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (main, getargs): Don't putenv _POSIX_OPTION_ORDER; + tell getopt to not permute using `+'. + +Sat Apr 21 23:13:59 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (linear_argv): Allocate space for trailing null. + Don't dereference a null pointer at end of copy. + +Thu Apr 5 01:13:44 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (runcmd): Don't check return value from gettimeofday, + since it can't fail (given known good args). + + * time.c (main, getargs): ARGV is not const. (GNU getopt + permutes elements.) + +Tue Apr 3 01:31:18 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at pogo.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c: Take the command line option variables out of a + useless struct. + + * time.c: Improve some error messages and comments. + Include program name in error messages. + Use getopt_long instead of custom arg parser. + Print usage message when given no args, instead of timing nothing. + (linear_argv): Change references to global var to + references to arg. + (usage): New function. + +Sun Apr 1 23:46:30 1990 Jim Kingdon (kingdon at pogo.ai.mit.edu) + + * time.c (stats): In default format, use something resembling + English rather than cryptic abbreviations. + +Fri Jan 19 14:40:48 EST 1990 hack@wookumz + + time.c Change exit(errno) to exit(1) diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2c8722 --- /dev/null +++ b/INSTALL @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +Basic Installation +================== + + These are generic installation instructions. + + The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for +various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses +those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. +It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent +definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that +you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file +`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up +reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output +(useful mainly for debugging `configure'). + + If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try +to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail +diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can +be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' +contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. + + The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program +called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change +it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. + +The simplest way to compile this package is: + + 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type + `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're + using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type + `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute + `configure' itself. + + Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some + messages telling which features it is checking for. + + 2. Type `make' to compile the package. + + 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with + the package. + + 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and + documentation. + + 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the + source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the + files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for + a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is + also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly + for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get + all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came + with the distribution. + +Compilers and Options +===================== + + Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that +the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' +initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using +a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like +this: + CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure + +Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: + env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure + +Compiling For Multiple Architectures +==================================== + + You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the +same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their +own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that +supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the +directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run +the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the +source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. + + If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' +variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time +in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for +one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another +architecture. + +Installation Names +================== + + By default, `make install' will install the package's files in +`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an +installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the +option `--prefix=PATH'. + + You can specify separate installation prefixes for +architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you +give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use +PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. +Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. + + In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give +options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular +kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories +you can set and what kinds of files go in them. + + If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed +with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the +option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. + +Optional Features +================= + + Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to +`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. +They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE +is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The +`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the +package recognizes. + + For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually +find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, +you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and +`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. + +Specifying the System Type +========================== + + There may be some features `configure' can not figure out +automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package +will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints +a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the +`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system +type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: + CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM + +See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If +`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't +need to know the host type. + + If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also +use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will +produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of +system on which you are compiling the package. + +Sharing Defaults +================ + + If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, +you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives +default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. +`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then +`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the +`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. +A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. + +Operation Controls +================== + + `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it +operates. + +`--cache-file=FILE' + Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of + `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for + debugging `configure'. + +`--help' + Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. + +`--quiet' +`--silent' +`-q' + Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. + +`--srcdir=DIR' + Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually + `configure' can determine that directory automatically. + +`--version' + Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' + script, and exit. + +`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. + diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dbf7d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +bin_PROGRAMS = time +info_TEXINFOS = time.texi +time_SOURCES = time.c getopt.c getopt1.c error.c resuse.c version.c \ + getopt.h getpagesize.h resuse.h port.h wait.h +EXTRA_DIST = texinfo.tex + +DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-v version.c +version.c: stamp-v +stamp-v: Makefile + rm -f t-version.c + echo 'const char *version_string = "'GNU @PACKAGE@ @VERSION@'";' \ + > t-version.c + if cmp -s version.c t-version.c; then \ + rm t-version.c; \ + else \ + mv t-version.c version.c; \ + fi + echo timestamp > $@ diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ee5080 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.0 from Makefile.am + +# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +sbindir = @sbindir@ +libexecdir = @libexecdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ +sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ +localstatedir = @localstatedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +mandir = @mandir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +oldincludedir = /usr/include + +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ + +top_builddir = . + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +transform = @program_transform_name@ + +bin_PROGRAMS = time +info_TEXINFOS = time.texi +time_SOURCES = time.c getopt.c getopt1.c error.c resuse.c version.c \ + getopt.h getpagesize.h resuse.h port.h wait.h +EXTRA_DIST = texinfo.tex + +DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-v version.c +mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs +PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) + + +CC = @CC@ +LEX = @LEX@ +YACC = @YACC@ + +DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) +LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ +time_OBJECTS = time.o getopt.o getopt1.o error.o resuse.o version.o +EXTRA_time_SOURCES = +time_LDADD = $(LDADD) + +MAKEINFO = makeinfo +TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi +INFOS = time.info* +INFO_DEPS = time.info +DVIS = time.dvi +TEXINFOS = time.texi + +DIST_COMMON = README AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL Makefile.am \ +Makefile.in NEWS README configure configure.in install-sh mdate-sh \ +mkinstalldirs stamp-vti texinfo.tex version.texi + + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \ + $(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA) +DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \ + $(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA) + +TAR = tar +SOURCES = $(time_SOURCES) +OBJECTS = $(time_OBJECTS) + +default: all + + +$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am configure.in + cd $(srcdir) && automake Makefile + +# For an explanation of the following Makefile rules, see node +# `Automatic Remaking' in GNU Autoconf documentation. +Makefile: Makefile.in config.status + CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status +config.status: configure + ./config.status --recheck +$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in $(ACLOCAL) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) + cd $(srcdir) && autoconf + +mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS: + +clean-binPROGRAMS: + rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS) + +distclean-binPROGRAMS: + +maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS: + +install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(bindir) + list="$(bin_PROGRAMS)"; for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $$p; then \ + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ + else :; fi; \ + done + +uninstall-binPROGRAMS: + list="$(bin_PROGRAMS)"; for p in $$list; do \ + rm -f $(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ + done + +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< + +mostlyclean-compile: + rm -f *.o core + +clean-compile: + +distclean-compile: + rm -f *.tab.c + +maintainer-clean-compile: + +time: $(time_OBJECTS) $(time_DEPENDENCIES) + $(LINK) $(time_OBJECTS) $(time_LDADD) $(LIBS) + +version.texi: stamp-vti + +stamp-vti: time.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in + echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \ + && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh time.texi`" > vti.tmp + echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp + echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp + if cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; then \ + rm vti.tmp; \ + else \ + mv vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; \ + fi + echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-vti + +mostlyclean-vti: + rm -f vti.tmp + +clean-vti: + +distclean-vti: + +maintainer-clean-vti: + rm -f stamp-vti version.texi + +time.info: time.texi version.texi + + +.texi.info: + $(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $< -o $(srcdir)/$@ + +.texi.dvi: + TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $< + +install-info: $(INFO_DEPS) + $(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir) + for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ + for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file*`; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \ + done; \ + done + +uninstall-info: + cd $(srcdir) && for file in *.info*; do \ + rm -f $(infodir)/$$file; \ + done + +mostlyclean-info: + rm -f time.aux time.cp time.cps time.dvi time.fn time.fns time.ky \ + time.log time.pg time.toc time.tp time.vr time.op + +clean-info: + +distclean-info: + +maintainer-clean-info: + rm -f $(INFOS) + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) + +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) + here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS + +mostlyclean-tags: + +clean-tags: + +distclean-tags: + rm -f TAGS ID + +maintainer-clean-tags: + +distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) +# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then +# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another +# tarfile. +distcheck: dist + rm -rf $(distdir) + $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz + mkdir $(distdir)/=build + mkdir $(distdir)/=inst + dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \ + cd $(distdir)/=build \ + && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \ + && $(MAKE) \ + && $(MAKE) check \ + && $(MAKE) install \ + && $(MAKE) installcheck \ + && $(MAKE) dist + rm -rf $(distdir) + @echo "========================"; \ + echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \ + echo "========================" +dist: distdir + chmod -R a+r $(distdir) + $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) + rm -rf $(distdir) +distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES) + rm -rf $(distdir) + mkdir $(distdir) + chmod 777 $(distdir) + @for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \ + test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ + || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ + || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ + done +error.o: error.c +getopt.o: getopt.c getopt.h +getopt1.o: getopt1.c getopt.h +resuse.o: resuse.c wait.h port.h resuse.h +time.o: time.c wait.h port.h resuse.h getpagesize.h +version.o: version.c + +info: $(INFO_DEPS) + +dvi: $(DVIS) + +check: all + +installcheck: + +install-exec: install-binPROGRAMS + +install-data: install-info + +install: install-exec install-data all + @: + +uninstall: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-info + +all: $(INFO_DEPS) $(PROGRAMS) Makefile + +install-strip: + $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install +installdirs: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(bindir) $(infodir) + + +mostlyclean-generic: + test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) + +clean-generic: + test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) + +distclean-generic: + rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) + rm -f config.cache config.log $(CONFIG_HEADER) stamp-h + +maintainer-clean-generic: + test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) + test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile \ + mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-tags \ + mostlyclean-generic + +clean: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-compile clean-vti clean-info clean-tags \ + clean-generic mostlyclean + +distclean: distclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-compile distclean-vti \ + distclean-info distclean-tags distclean-generic clean + rm -f config.status + +maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS maintainer-clean-compile \ + maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \ + maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-generic \ + distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f config.status + +.PHONY: default mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-binPROGRAMS \ +clean-binPROGRAMS maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS uninstall-binPROGRAMS \ +install-binPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \ +maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \ +maintainer-clean-vti install-info uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \ +distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags mostlyclean-tags \ +distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi check \ +installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \ +installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ +maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean + +version.c: stamp-v +stamp-v: Makefile + rm -f t-version.c + echo 'const char *version_string = "'GNU @PACKAGE@ @VERSION@'";' \ + > t-version.c + if cmp -s version.c t-version.c; then \ + rm t-version.c; \ + else \ + mv t-version.c version.c; \ + fi + echo timestamp > $@ +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .o .texi .info .dvi + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cb8a5d --- /dev/null +++ b/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Major changes in version 1.7: + +* Reports average memory use figures more accurately on SunOS sparc, + Ultrix mips, and Sony NEWS. +* Reports when the process being run is terminated by a signal, + and exits with the signal number as its status in that case. +* Documentation reorganized. +* Configuration and library files updated. + +Major changes in version 1.6: + +* Configures correctly on NeXT and OSF/1. +* Documentation errors fixed. + +Major changes in version 1.5: + +* Support for Solaris, AIX, and other non-BSD hybrids. +* Fractional seconds are correctly reported. +* The verbose display fits on one screen now and has more accurate labels. + +Major changes in version 1.4: + +* Support for systems without the BSD getrusage and wait3 calls. +* Improved configuration. +* Clarified documentation of some resources. diff --git a/README b/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35e4938 --- /dev/null +++ b/README @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +`time' is a program that measures many of the CPU resources, such as +time and memory, that other programs use. The GNU version can format +the output in arbitrary ways by using a printf-style format string to +include various resource measurements. Some systems do not provide +much information about program resource use; `time' reports +unavailable information as zero values. + +See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions. + +Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU time to +bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu. Please include the version of +`time', which you can get by running `time --version', and the +operating system and C compiler you used. diff --git a/configure b/configure new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4406864 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure @@ -0,0 +1,1641 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.10 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + +# Defaults: +ac_help= +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +# Any additions from configure.in: + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +build=NONE +cache_file=./config.cache +exec_prefix=NONE +host=NONE +no_create= +nonopt=NONE +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +target=NONE +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datadir='${prefix}/share' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +infodir='${prefix}/info' +mandir='${prefix}/man' + +# Initialize some other variables. +subdirs= +MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= + +ac_prev= +for ac_option +do + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case "$ac_option" in + -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; + *) ac_optarg= ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case "$ac_option" in + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ + | --da=*) + datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he) + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat << EOF +Usage: configure [options] [host] +Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] +Configuration: + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE + --help print this message + --no-create do not create output files + --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --version print the version of autoconf that created configure +Directory and file names: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [same as prefix] + --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM + run sed PROGRAM on installed program names +EOF + cat << EOF +Host type: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] + --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] + --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] +Features and packages: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +EOF + if test -n "$ac_help"; then + echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" + fi + exit 0 ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ + | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ + | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) + localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) + echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.10" + exit 0 ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ;; + + *) + if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then + echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 + fi + if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then + { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + nonopt="$ac_option" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# File descriptor usage: +# 0 standard input +# 1 file creation +# 2 errors and warnings +# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty +# 4 used on the Kubota Titan +# 6 checking for... messages and results +# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log +if test "$silent" = yes; then + exec 6>/dev/null +else + exec 6>&1 +fi +exec 5>./config.log + +echo "\ +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. +" 1>&5 + +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. +ac_configure_args= +for ac_arg +do + case "$ac_arg" in + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + esac +done + +# NLS nuisances. +# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. +# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand +# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi +if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo > confdefs.h + +# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that +# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. +ac_unique_file=time.c + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. + ac_prog=$0 + ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + else + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi +fi +srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` + +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" + else + CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" + fi +fi +for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + echo "loading cache $cache_file" + . $cache_file +else + echo "creating cache $cache_file" + > $cache_file +fi + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' + +if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then + # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. + if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then + ac_n= ac_c=' +' ac_t=' ' + else + ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= + fi +else + ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +fi + + +VERSION=1.7 + +PACKAGE=time + + +if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then + program_transform_name= +else + # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. + cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed +s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g +EOF_SED + program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`" + rm -f conftestsed +fi +test "$program_prefix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name" +# Use a double $ so make ignores it. +test "$program_suffix" != NONE && + program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name" + +# sed with no file args requires a program. +test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x," + + +# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + ac_prog_rejected=no + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# -gt 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc=no +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + GCC=yes + if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != set; then + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c +if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc_g=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc_g" 1>&6 + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_g = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O" + else + CFLAGS="-O" + fi + fi +else + GCC= + test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g" +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get + # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. + CPP="${CC-cc} -E" + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:685: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:700: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP=/lib/cpp +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi + CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi +echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do + if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess +ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub +ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. + case "$ac_dir/" in + /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + ;; + esac + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a + # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the path is relative. + INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" + fi +fi +echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + + +# If we cannot run a trivial program, we must be cross compiling. +echo $ac_n "checking whether cross-compiling""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_cross'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_c_cross=yes +else +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } +if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_c_cross=no +else + ac_cv_c_cross=yes +fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_cross" 1>&6 +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_c_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +#include +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:838: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) +if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); +exit (0); } + +EOF +{ (eval echo configure:903: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } +if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + : +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#ifndef WEXITSTATUS +#define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned)(stat_val) >> 8) +#endif +#ifndef WIFEXITED +#define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0) +#endif +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { +int s; +wait (&s); +s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:944: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1 +EOF + +fi + +for ac_hdr in unistd.h string.h sys/rusage.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | tr './\055' '___'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:976: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./\055' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <j = 5; +} +{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; +} + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1056: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define const +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for pid_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_pid_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep " +pid_t^a-zA-Z_0-9 " >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_pid_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_pid_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_pid_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define pid_t int +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep " +size_t^a-zA-Z_0-9 " >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_size_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_size_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define size_t unsigned +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking return type of signal handlers""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_signal'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#ifdef signal +#undef signal +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" void (*signal (int, void (*)(int)))(int); +#else +void (*signal ()) (); +#endif + +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { +int i; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1162: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=void +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=int +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_signal" 1>&6 +cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "tv_usec" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + have_tv=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + have_tv=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +echo "$ac_t""$have_tv" 1>&6 +test $have_tv = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_TIMEVAL 1 +EOF + + +echo $ac_n "checking for vprintf""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vprintf'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char vprintf(); + +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_vprintf) || defined (__stub___vprintf) +choke me +#else +vprintf(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1231: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_vprintf=yes" +else + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_vprintf=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'vprintf`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then +echo $ac_n "checking for _doprnt""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func__doprnt'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char _doprnt(); + +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub__doprnt) || defined (__stub____doprnt) +choke me +#else +_doprnt(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1281: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func__doprnt=yes" +else + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func__doprnt=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'_doprnt`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_DOPRNT 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for wait3 that fills in rusage""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_wait3'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_func_wait3=no +else +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +#include +/* HP-UX has wait3 but does not fill in rusage at all. */ +main() { + struct rusage r; + int i; + /* Use a field that we can force nonzero -- + voluntary context switches. + For systems like NeXT and OSF/1 that don't set it, + also use the system CPU time. And page faults (I/O) for Linux. */ + r.ru_nvcsw = 0; + r.ru_stime.tv_sec = 0; + r.ru_stime.tv_usec = 0; + r.ru_majflt = r.ru_minflt = 0; + switch (fork()) { + case 0: /* Child. */ + sleep(1); /* Give up the CPU. */ + _exit(0); + case -1: _exit(0); /* What can we do? */ + default: /* Parent. */ + wait3(&i, 0, &r); + sleep(2); /* Avoid "text file busy" from rm on fast HP-UX machines. */ + exit(r.ru_nvcsw == 0 && r.ru_majflt == 0 && r.ru_minflt == 0 + && r.ru_stime.tv_sec == 0 && r.ru_stime.tv_usec == 0); + } +} +EOF +{ (eval echo configure:1342: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } +if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_func_wait3=yes +else + ac_cv_func_wait3=no +fi +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_wait3" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_wait3 = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_WAIT3 1 +EOF + +fi + +for ac_func in strerror +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1391: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for getpagesize""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { return 0; } +int t() { +getpagesize(); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1424: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + have_gp=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + have_gp=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +echo "$ac_t""$have_gp" 1>&6 +test $have_gp = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1 +EOF + + +trap '' 1 2 15 +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + sed -n "s/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=\${\1='\2'}/p" \ + >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute +# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. +# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' +fi + +trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF +s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g +s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g +s%\[%\\&%g +s%\]%\\&%g +s%\$%$$%g +EOF +DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '` +rm -f conftest.defs + + +# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} + +echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS +cat > $CONFIG_STATUS </dev/null | sed 1q`: +# +# $0 $ac_configure_args +# +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. + +ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" +for ac_option +do + case "\$ac_option" in + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" + exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) + echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.10" + exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) + echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; + esac +done + +ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir +ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" + +trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < conftest.subs <<\\CEOF +$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g +s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g +s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g +s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g +s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g +s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g +s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g +s%@prefix@%$prefix%g +s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g +s%@bindir@%$bindir%g +s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g +s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g +s%@datadir@%$datadir%g +s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g +s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g +s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g +s%@libdir@%$libdir%g +s%@includedir@%$includedir%g +s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g +s%@infodir@%$infodir%g +s%@mandir@%$mandir%g +s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g +s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g +s%@CC@%$CC%g +s%@CPP@%$CPP%g +s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g +s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g + +CEOF +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + # Adjust relative srcdir, etc. for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= + fi + + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. + else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; + /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) # Relative path. + srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" + top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in + [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + esac + echo creating "$ac_file" + rm -f "$ac_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$ac_file" in + *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) ac_comsub= ;; + esac + sed -e "$ac_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g +s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g +s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g +" -f conftest.subs $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in > $ac_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.subs + + + +exit 0 +EOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files +test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 + diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1531bad --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +AC_INIT(time.c) +VERSION=1.7 +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +PACKAGE=time +AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) + +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_CC +AC_PROG_CPP +AC_PROG_INSTALL + +dnl Checks for header files. +AC_HEADER_STDC +AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h sys/rusage.h) + +dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. +AC_C_CONST +AC_TYPE_PID_T +AC_TYPE_SIZE_T +AC_TYPE_SIGNAL + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for struct timeval in sys/time.h) +AC_EGREP_HEADER(tv_usec, sys/time.h, have_tv=yes, have_tv=no) +AC_MSG_RESULT($have_tv) +test $have_tv = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEVAL) + +dnl Checks for library functions. +AC_FUNC_VPRINTF +AC_FUNC_WAIT3 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for getpagesize) +AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], +[getpagesize();], have_gp=yes, have_gp=no) +AC_MSG_RESULT($have_gp) +test $have_gp = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE) + +AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) diff --git a/error.c b/error.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a82f746 --- /dev/null +++ b/error.c @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities + Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* Written by David MacKenzie . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC +# if __STDC__ +# include +# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) +# else +# include +# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) +# endif +#else +# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 +# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; +#endif + +#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC +# include +# include +#else +void exit (); +#endif + +#ifndef _ +#define _(String) String +#endif + +/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program + name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this + function without parameters instead. */ +void (*error_print_progname) ( +#if __STDC__ - 0 + void +#endif + ); + +/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ +unsigned int error_message_count; + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */ + +#define program_name program_invocation_name +#include + +#else + +/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the + name of the executing program. */ +extern char *program_name; + +#if HAVE_STRERROR +# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */ +char *strerror (); +# endif +#else +static char * +private_strerror (errnum) + int errnum; +{ + extern char *sys_errlist[]; + extern int sys_nerr; + + if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr) + return sys_errlist[errnum]; + return _("Unknown system error"); +} +#define strerror private_strerror +#endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */ +#endif /* _LIBC */ + +/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style + format string with optional args. + If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. + Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ +/* VARARGS */ + +void +#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__ +error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) +#else +error (status, errnum, message, va_alist) + int status; + int errnum; + char *message; + va_dcl +#endif +{ +#ifdef VA_START + va_list args; +#endif + + if (error_print_progname) + (*error_print_progname) (); + else + { + fflush (stdout); + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); + } + +#ifdef VA_START + VA_START (args, message); +# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC + vfprintf (stderr, message, args); +# else + _doprnt (message, args, stderr); +# endif + va_end (args); +#else + fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); +#endif + + ++error_message_count; + if (errnum) + fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); + putc ('\n', stderr); + fflush (stderr); + if (status) + exit (status); +} + +/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This + variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ +int error_one_per_line; + +void +#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__ +error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, + unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...) +#else +error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist) + int status; + int errnum; + const char *file_name; + unsigned int line_number; + char *message; + va_dcl +#endif +{ +#ifdef VA_START + va_list args; +#endif + + if (error_one_per_line) + { + static const char *old_file_name; + static unsigned int old_line_number; + + if (old_line_number == line_number && + (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name))) + /* Simply return and print nothing. */ + return; + + old_file_name = file_name; + old_line_number = line_number; + } + + if (error_print_progname) + (*error_print_progname) (); + else + { + fflush (stdout); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name); + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number); + +#ifdef VA_START + VA_START (args, message); +# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC + vfprintf (stderr, message, args); +# else + _doprnt (message, args, stderr); +# endif + va_end (args); +#else + fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); +#endif + + ++error_message_count; + if (errnum) + fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); + putc ('\n', stderr); + fflush (stderr); + if (status) + exit (status); +} diff --git a/getopt.c b/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d87c250 --- /dev/null +++ b/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,826 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +#define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +#include +#include +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +#ifdef VMS +#include +#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 +#include +#endif +#endif + +#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__) +/* It's not Unix, really. See? Capital letters. */ +#include +#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId() +#endif + +#ifndef _ +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. + When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ +#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +#else +# define _(msgid) (msgid) +#endif +#endif + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ +static char *posixly_correct; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +#include +#define my_index strchr +#else + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +char *getenv (); + +static char * +my_index (str, chr) + const char *str; + int chr; +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags + indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ + +static const char *nonoption_flags; +static int nonoption_flags_len; + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +static void exchange (char **); +#endif + +static void +exchange (argv) + char **argv; +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +static const char *_getopt_initialize (const char *); +#endif +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (optstring) + const char *optstring; +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; + + nextchar = NULL; + + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + + if (posixly_correct == NULL) + { + /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each + command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of + file name wildcard expansion and therefore should not be + considered as options. */ + char var[100]; + sprintf (var, "_%d_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_", getpid ()); + nonoption_flags = getenv (var); + if (nonoption_flags == NULL) + nonoption_flags_len = 0; + else + nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags); + } + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; + const struct option *longopts; + int *longind; + int long_only; +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0) + { + optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring); + optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + } + + /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. + Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag + from the shell indicating it is not an option. */ +#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ + || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ + && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been + moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ + if (last_nonopt > optind) + last_nonopt = optind; + if (first_nonopt > optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return EOF; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if (NONOPTION_P) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return EOF; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + + optopt = pfound->val; + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optopt = pfound->val; + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + if (posixly_correct) + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/getopt.h b/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0de1881 --- /dev/null +++ b/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/getopt1.c b/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d394e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include +#else +char *getenv (); +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/getpagesize.h b/getpagesize.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef7e45d --- /dev/null +++ b/getpagesize.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* Emulate getpagesize on systems that lack it. */ + +#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE + +#ifdef VMS +#define getpagesize() 512 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE +#define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) +#else + +#include + +#ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +#define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE +#else +#ifdef NBPG +#define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE +#ifndef CLSIZE +#define CLSIZE 1 +#endif /* no CLSIZE */ +#else /* no NBPG */ +#ifdef NBPC +#define getpagesize() NBPC +#else /* no NBPC */ +#ifdef PAGESIZE +#define getpagesize() PAGESIZE +#endif +#endif /* NBPC */ +#endif /* no NBPG */ +#endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ +#endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ + +#endif /* not HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2c212cc --- /dev/null +++ b/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +# install - install a program, script, or datafile +# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). +# +# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology +# +# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or +# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, +# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the +# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" +# without express or implied warranty. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. +# + + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit="${DOITPROG-}" + + +# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. + +mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" +cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" +chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" +chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" +chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" +stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" +rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" +mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" + +transformbasename="" +transform_arg="" +instcmd="$mvprog" +chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" +chowncmd="" +chgrpcmd="" +stripcmd="" +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +mvcmd="$mvprog" +src="" +dst="" +dir_arg="" + +while [ x"$1" != x ]; do + case $1 in + -c) instcmd="$cpprog" + shift + continue;; + + -d) dir_arg=true + shift + continue;; + + -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" + shift + continue;; + + -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` + shift + continue;; + + -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` + shift + continue;; + + *) if [ x"$src" = x ] + then + src=$1 + else + # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug + : + dst=$1 + fi + shift + continue;; + esac +done + +if [ x"$src" = x ] +then + echo "install: no input file specified" + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then + dst=$src + src="" + + if [ -d $dst ]; then + instcmd=: + else + instcmd=mkdir + fi +else + +# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command +# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad +# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + + if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] + then + true + else + echo "install: $src does not exist" + exit 1 + fi + + if [ x"$dst" = x ] + then + echo "install: no destination specified" + exit 1 + else + true + fi + +# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system +# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic + + if [ -d $dst ] + then + dst="$dst"/`basename $src` + else + true + fi +fi + +## this sed command emulates the dirname command +dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` + +# Make sure that the destination directory exists. +# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script + +# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. +if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then +defaultIFS=' +' +IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" + +oIFS="${IFS}" +# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. +IFS='%' +set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` +IFS="${oIFS}" + +pathcomp='' + +while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do + pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" + shift + + if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; + then + $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" + else + true + fi + + pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" +done +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] +then + $doit $instcmd $dst && + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi +else + +# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. + + if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | + sed $transformarg`$transformbasename + fi + +# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename + + if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + true + fi + +# Make a temp file name in the proper directory. + + dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# + +# Move or copy the file name to the temp name + + $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && + + trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && + +# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits + +# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to +# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore +# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + +# Now rename the file to the real destination. + + $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && + $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile + +fi && + + +exit 0 diff --git a/mdate-sh b/mdate-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0845b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/mdate-sh @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it +# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# Prevent date giving response in another language. +LANG=C +export LANG +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LC_TIME=C +export LC_TIME + +# Get the extended ls output of the file. +if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + set - `ls -L -l $1` +else + set - `ls -l $1` +fi +# The month is at least the fourth argument. +# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop) +shift +shift +shift + +# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. +month= +until test $month +do + shift + case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; + esac +done + +day=$2 + +# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either +# the time of day or the year. +case $3 in + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# + case $2 in + Jan) nummonthtod=1;; + Feb) nummonthtod=2;; + Mar) nummonthtod=3;; + Apr) nummonthtod=4;; + May) nummonthtod=5;; + Jun) nummonthtod=6;; + Jul) nummonthtod=7;; + Aug) nummonthtod=8;; + Sep) nummonthtod=9;; + Oct) nummonthtod=10;; + Nov) nummonthtod=11;; + Dec) nummonthtod=12;; + esac + # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also + # be used for files modified in the last year. + if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; + then + year=`expr $year - 1` + fi;; + *) year=$3;; +esac + +# The result. +echo $day $month $year diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a01481b --- /dev/null +++ b/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +# Author: Noah Friedman +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain + +# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $ + +errstatus=0 + +for file +do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d + do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case "$pathcomp" in + -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/port.h b/port.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b0dbc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/port.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* port.h -- portability declarations for GNU time */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define PARAMS(x) x +# define PTR void * +#else +# define PARAMS(s) () +# define PTR char * +#endif + +#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include +#include +#else +char *getenv PARAMS((const char *var)); +PTR malloc PARAMS((size_t sz)); +#endif +#ifndef LONG_MAX +#define LONG_MAX (~(1 << (sizeof (long) * 8 - 1))) +#endif + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif diff --git a/resuse.c b/resuse.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4133941 --- /dev/null +++ b/resuse.c @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* resuse.c - child process resource use library + Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* Written by David MacKenzie, with help from + arnej@imf.unit.no (Arne Henrik Juul) + and pinard@iro.umontreal.ca (Francois Pinard). */ + +#include "wait.h" +#include "port.h" + +#if !HAVE_WAIT3 +# include +# ifndef HZ +# include +# endif +# if !defined(HZ) && defined(CLOCKS_PER_SEC) +# define HZ CLOCKS_PER_SEC +# endif +# if !defined(HZ) && defined(CLK_TCK) +# define HZ CLK_TCK +# endif +# ifndef HZ +# define HZ 60 +# endif +#endif + +#include "resuse.h" + +/* Prepare to measure a child process. */ + +void +resuse_start (resp) + RESUSE *resp; +{ +#if HAVE_WAIT3 + gettimeofday (&resp->start, (struct timezone *) 0); +#else + long value; + struct tms tms; + + value = times (&tms); + resp->start.tv_sec = value / HZ; + resp->start.tv_usec = value % HZ * (1000000 / HZ); +#endif +} + +/* Wait for and fill in data on child process PID. + Return 0 on error, 1 if ok. */ + +#if __STDC__ +/* pid_t is short on BSDI, so don't try to promote it. */ +int +resuse_end (pid_t pid, RESUSE *resp) +#else +int +resuse_end (pid, resp) + pid_t pid; + RESUSE *resp; +#endif +{ + int status; + +#if HAVE_WAIT3 + pid_t caught; + + /* Ignore signals, but don't ignore the children. When wait3 + returns the child process, set the time the command finished. */ + while ((caught = wait3 (&status, 0, &resp->ru)) != pid) + { + if (caught == -1) + return 0; + } + + gettimeofday (&resp->elapsed, (struct timezone *) 0); +#else /* !HAVE_WAIT3 */ + long value; + struct tms tms; + + pid = wait (&status); + if (pid == -1) + return 0; + + value = times (&tms); + + memset (&resp->ru, 0, sizeof (struct rusage)); + + resp->ru.ru_utime.tv_sec = tms.tms_cutime / HZ; + resp->ru.ru_stime.tv_sec = tms.tms_cstime / HZ; + +#if HAVE_SYS_RUSAGE_H + resp->ru.ru_utime.tv_nsec = tms.tms_cutime % HZ * (1000000000 / HZ); + resp->ru.ru_stime.tv_nsec = tms.tms_cstime % HZ * (1000000000 / HZ); +#else + resp->ru.ru_utime.tv_usec = tms.tms_cutime % HZ * (1000000 / HZ); + resp->ru.ru_stime.tv_usec = tms.tms_cstime % HZ * (1000000 / HZ); +#endif + + resp->elapsed.tv_sec = value / HZ; + resp->elapsed.tv_usec = value % HZ * (1000000 / HZ); +#endif /* !HAVE_WAIT3 */ + + resp->elapsed.tv_sec -= resp->start.tv_sec; + if (resp->elapsed.tv_usec < resp->start.tv_usec) + { + /* Manually carry a one from the seconds field. */ + resp->elapsed.tv_usec += 1000000; + --resp->elapsed.tv_sec; + } + resp->elapsed.tv_usec -= resp->start.tv_usec; + + resp->waitstatus = status; + + return 1; +} diff --git a/resuse.h b/resuse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..992143f --- /dev/null +++ b/resuse.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* resuse.h - declarations for child process resource use library + Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifndef _RESUSE_H +#define _RESUSE_H 1 + +#if HAVE_TIMEVAL +# include +#else +/* High resolution clock structure. */ +struct timeval +{ + long tv_sec; /* Seconds. */ + long tv_usec; /* Microseconds. */ +}; +#endif + +#if HAVE_SYS_RUSAGE_H +/* This rusage structure measures nanoseconds instead of microseconds. */ +# define TV_MSEC tv_nsec / 1000000 +# include +#else +# define TV_MSEC tv_usec / 1000 +# if HAVE_WAIT3 +# include +# else +/* Process resource usage structure. */ +struct rusage +{ + struct timeval ru_utime; /* User time used. */ + struct timeval ru_stime; /* System time used. */ + int ru_maxrss, ru_ixrss, ru_idrss, ru_isrss, + ru_minflt, ru_majflt, ru_nswap, ru_inblock, + ru_oublock, ru_msgsnd, ru_msgrcv, ru_nsignals, + ru_nvcsw, ru_nivcsw; +}; +# endif +#endif + +/* Information on the resources used by a child process. */ +typedef struct +{ + int waitstatus; + struct rusage ru; + struct timeval start, elapsed; /* Wallclock time of process. */ +} RESUSE; + +/* Prepare to measure a child process. */ +void resuse_start PARAMS ((RESUSE *resp)); + +/* Wait for and fill in data on child process PID. */ +int resuse_end PARAMS ((pid_t pid, RESUSE *resp)); + +#endif /* _RESUSE_H */ diff --git a/stamp-vti b/stamp-vti new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9788f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/stamp-vti @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +timestamp diff --git a/texinfo.tex b/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a350fc --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,4586 @@ +%% TeX macros to handle texinfo files + +% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, +% 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +%your option) any later version. + +%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +%General Public License for more details. + +%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + +%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. +%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve +%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! + + +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. +% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report. + + +% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file: +% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now. +% Added by gildea November 1993. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi + +% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS. +\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}} +\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 2.174 $ +\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{} + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. + +\let\ptextilde=\~ +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptext=\t +\let\ptexl=\l +\let\ptexL=\L + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} +\let\~ = \tie % And make it available as @~. + +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Set up fixed words for English. +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi% +\def\putwordInfo{Info}% +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi% + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} +\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} +\hyphenation{eshell} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen \bindingoffset \bindingoffset=0pt +\newdimen \normaloffset \normaloffset=\hoffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight +\pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 + \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen +}% + +%---------------------Begin change----------------------- +% +%%%% For @cropmarks command. +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick +\newdimen \topandbottommargin +\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize +\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks +\outerhsize=7in +%\outervsize=9.5in +% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in +\outervsize=9.25in +\topandbottommargin=.75in +% +%---------------------End change----------------------- + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions itself, but you have to call it yourself. +\chardef\PAGE=255 \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} +\def\onepageout#1{\hoffset=\normaloffset +\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset +\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi +{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files. +\shipout\vbox{{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} \pagebody{#1}% +{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}}% +\advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi} + +%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%% + +% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications +% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners. +% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks, +% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either +% site of the centerlined box. (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up +{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files. + \shipout + \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize + \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}} + \nointerlineskip + \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop} + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}} + \vskip \topandbottommargin + \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox{ + {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} + \pagebody{#1} + {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}} + \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi} + \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick + \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot} + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}} + \nointerlineskip + \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}} + }} + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi} +% +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks +\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout } + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg#1{% + \let\next = #1% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \futurelet\temp\parseargx +} + +% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or +% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. +\def\parseargx{% + % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. + \ifx\obeyedspace\temp + \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace + \else + \expandafter\parseargline + \fi +} + +% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). +{\obeyspaces % + \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + % + % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. + % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. + \argremovec #1\c\relax % + \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % + % + % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. + \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% + }% +} + +% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX +% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call +% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is +% just to delimit the argument to the \c. +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} + +% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the +% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the +% result to \toks0. +% +% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces +% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. +% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever +% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed +% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of +% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument +% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. +% +\def\removeactivespaces#1{% + \begingroup + \ignoreactivespaces + \edef\temp{#1}% + \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% + \endgroup +} + +% Change the active space to expand to nothing. +% +\begingroup + \obeyspaces + \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} +\endgroup + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away +%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) +\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} +\def\ENVcheck{% +\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} +\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage + +% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. +\newhelp\EMsimple{Type to continue.} + +\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} + +\def\beginxxx #1{% +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax +{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else +\csname #1\endcsname\fi} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% +\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} +\def\endxxx #1{% + \removeactivespaces{#1}% + \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax + % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% + \else + \unmatchedenderror\endthing + \fi + \else + % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. + \csname E\endthing\endcsname + \fi +} + +% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. +% +\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% +} + +% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. +% +\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% +} + + +% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in +% \nonfillstart and \quotations). +\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt +\def\singlespace{% + % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below + % environments. --karl, 6may93 + %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip + %\kern \baselineskip}% + \setleading \singlespaceskip +} + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt \char '100}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. + +\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +\def\group{\begingroup + \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + % + % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large + % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the + % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of + % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space + % above. But it's pretty close. + \def\Egroup{% + \egroup % End the \vtop. + \endgroup % End the \group. + }% + % + \vtop\bgroup + % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in + % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. + % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the + % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. + % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. + \everypar = {\strut}% + % + % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's + % normal interline spacing. + \offinterlineskip + % + % OK, but now we have to do something about blank + % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally + % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've + % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an + % empty paragraph. + \ifx\par\lisppar + \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% + % + % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. + \obeylines + \fi + % + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +\def\need{\parsearg\needx} + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\def\needx #1{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\def\needx#1{% + % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page + % break, since the best break might be right here. + \allowbreak + \nointerlineskip + \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak +} + +% @br forces paragraph break + +\let\br = \par + +% @dots{} output some dots + +\def\dots{$\ldots$} + +% @page forces the start of a new page + +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} +\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} +\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount +\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. + +\def\inmargin#1{% +\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss + \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} + +%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\include{\begingroup + \catcode`\\=12 + \catcode`~=12 + \catcode`^=12 + \catcode`_=12 + \catcode`|=12 + \catcode`<=12 + \catcode`>=12 + \catcode`+=12 + \parsearg\includezzz} +% Restore active chars for included file. +\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup + % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \input\thisfile +\endgroup} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line outputs that line, centered + +\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} +\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip +\advance\hsize by -\rightskip +\centerline{#1}}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} +\def\spxxx #1{\par \vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% +\parsearg \commentxxx} + +\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } + +\let\c=\comment + +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% +\let\chapter=\relax +\let\unnumbered=\relax +\let\top=\relax +\let\unnumberedsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax +\let\section=\relax +\let\subsec=\relax +\let\subsubsec=\relax +\let\subsection=\relax +\let\subsubsection=\relax +\let\appendix=\relax +\let\appendixsec=\relax +\let\appendixsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax +\let\contents=\relax +\let\smallbook=\relax +\let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \relax + \let\deffn = \relax + \let\deffnx = \relax + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \relax + \let\defmac = \relax + \let\defmethod = \relax + \let\defop = \relax + \let\defopt = \relax + \let\defspec = \relax + \let\deftp = \relax + \let\deftypefn = \relax + \let\deftypefun = \relax + \let\deftypevar = \relax + \let\deftypevr = \relax + \let\defun = \relax + \let\defvar = \relax + \let\defvr = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\xref = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\clear = \relax + \let\item = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} + +% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. + +\def\dircategory{\comment} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode32 = 10 + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites + % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont + \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont + \let\tensf = \nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in + % smallexample) + \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont + \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont + \let\indsf = \nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}} +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +% +\def\value#1{\expandafter + \ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {\{No value for ``#1''\}} + \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +\def\ifsetxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifsetfail + \else + \expandafter\ifsetsucceed + \fi +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +\def\ifclearxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifclearsucceed + \else + \expandafter\ifclearfail + \fi +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end +% iftex). But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} + +% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +% the @ifset might be nested.) +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% + \edef\temp{% + % Remember the current value of \E#1. + \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% + % + % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. + \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% +\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math means output in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. +% +% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +% +\let\implicitmath = $ +\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} + +\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} +\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} +\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\relax + +\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +\let\refill=\relax + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \readauxfile + \opencontents + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +\def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{% +\expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}% +\endgroup} + +%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx} +%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{% +%\let\parsearg=\relax +%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}% +%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}% +%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}% +%\endgroup} + +%\def\butfirst#1{} + +\message{fonts,} + +% Font-change commands. + +% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this one. +\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} + +%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf +\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +\ifx\bigger\relax +\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} +\else +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\fi +% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. +% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 +% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun, etc. +\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} + +% Fonts for indices and small examples. +% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, +% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. +% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they +% aren't very useful. +\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000} +\let\indsl=\indit +\let\indtt=\ninett +\let\indttsl=\ninett +\let\indsf=\indrm +\let\indbf=\indrm +\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} +\font\indi=cmmi9 +\font\indsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for headings +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. +% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. +% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} + +%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. +%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than +%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. +%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} +%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} + +%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm + +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 +% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, +% but that is not a standard magnification. + +% Fonts for title page: +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\let\authorrm = \secrm + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we +% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would +% also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy + \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf + \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf +} + + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work +% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most +% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam +% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to +% redefine \bf itself. +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\indexfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl + \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc + \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl + \resetmathfonts} + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\textfonts + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\var=\smartitalic +\let\dfn=\smartitalic +\let\emph=\smartitalic +\let\cite=\smartitalic + +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\let\ttfont=\t +\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +\let\file=\samp +\let\email=\samp +\let\url=\samp % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \frenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate an a dash. +% -- rms. +{ +\catcode`\-=\active +\catcode`\_=\active +\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex} +% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names +% wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is +% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is +% ever called. -- mycroft +\global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\realunder} +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\realunder{_} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. +% +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi} + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of +% @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % + +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +% Use of \lowercase was suggested. +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}} + +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} +\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. +% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. +% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 + \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% + % + \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% + % + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % + % Now you can print the title using @title. + \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% + \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Now you can put text using @subtitle. + \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% + \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% + % + % @author should come last, but may come many times. + \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% + \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi + {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \oldpage + \let\page = \oldpage + \hbox{}}% +% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + \HEADINGSon +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages +\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages +\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages +\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages + +% Now make Tex use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} + +{\catcode`\@=0 % + +\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} +\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} +% +}% unbind the catcode of @. + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{ +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{ +%\pagealignmacro +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +} +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{ +%\pagealignmacro +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% Produces Day Month Year style of output. +\def\today{\number\day\space +\ifcase\month\or +January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +\space\number\year} + +% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. +%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or +%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +%\space\number\day, \number\year} + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings +% It generates no output of its own + +\def\thistitle{No Title} +\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} +\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} + +\message{tables,} + +% @tabs -- simple alignment + +% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. +% So these macros cannot even be defined. + +%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} +%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} +%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} +%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} +%\def\&{&} + +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} +\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} + +\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} +\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} + +\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. + %{\parskip = 0in + %\par + %}% + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately + % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following + % \baselineskip glue. + \nobreak + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that + % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in + % a zero-width box. + \noindent + \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces% + \endgroup% + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue% + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} +\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} +\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} +\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} +\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} + +%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work +\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} + +\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} + +\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\dontindex #1{} +\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% +\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% + +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% +\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\begingroup % +\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. +\let\itemindex=#1% +\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % +\def\itemfont{#2}% +\itemmax=\tableindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % +\exdentamount=\tableindent +\parindent = 0pt +\parskip = \smallskipamount +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\item = \internalBitem % +\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % +\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % +\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % +\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % +\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % +} + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} + +\def\itemizezzz #1{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize + \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} +} + +\def\itemizey #1#2{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\itemmax=\itemindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % +\exdentamount=\itemindent +\parindent = 0pt % +\parskip = \smallskipamount % +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\def\itemcontents{#1}% +\let\item=\itemizeitem} + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% These are `.?!:;,' +\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 + \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} +\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate + % + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a . + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. + +\def\itemizeitem{% +\advance\itemno by 1 +{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% +\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi +{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt +\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% +\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% +\flushcr} + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. +% +% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in +% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it +% will parse correctly, i.e., +% +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 +% template} +% Not: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} +% {Column 3 template} + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab, @multicolumn or @endmulticolumn do not need to be on their +% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. + +%%%% +% Dimensions + +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +%%%% +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit. +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 % +\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}% +\setuptable} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}% +\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax% +\else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue% + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable + % is the decimal point before the + % number given in percent of hsize. + % We don't need this so we don't use it. + \else + \global\advance\colcount by1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi% + \fi% +\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi% +\fi\go} + +%%%% +% multitable syntax +\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 + % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is + % maintained, even if it is never used. + + +%%%% +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: + +\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} + +\def\dotable#1{\bgroup +\let\item\cr +\tolerance=9500 +\hbadness=9500 +\setmultitablespacing +\parskip=\multitableparskip +\parindent=\multitableparindent +\overfullrule=0pt +\global\colcount=0\relax% +\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item : +\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable. +\global\colcount=0\relax% + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. +\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax% +\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and + % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other. + % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at + % right margin. +\ifnum\colcount=1 +\else + \ifsetpercent + \else + % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: +\leftskip=\multitablecolspace +\fi +\noindent##}\cr% + % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of + % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. + % The table preamble + % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. +\global\everycr{\noalign{% +\filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. +\global\colcount=0\relax}} +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\setbox0=\vbox{Xy} +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\ht0 depth\dp0 width0pt\relax} +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\else +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. + +\def\newindex #1{ +\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\doindex {#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} + +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. + +\def\newcodeindex #1{ +\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} +} + +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +\def\synindex #1 #2 {% +\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\doindex {#2}}% +} + +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% +\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +\def\indexdummies{% +% Take care of the plain tex accent commands. +\def\"{\realbackslash "}% +\def\`{\realbackslash `}% +\def\'{\realbackslash '}% +\def\^{\realbackslash ^}% +\def\~{\realbackslash ~}% +\def\={\realbackslash =}% +\def\b{\realbackslash b}% +\def\c{\realbackslash c}% +\def\d{\realbackslash d}% +\def\u{\realbackslash u}% +\def\v{\realbackslash v}% +\def\H{\realbackslash H}% +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% +\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% +\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% +\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% +\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% +\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% +\def\o{\realbackslash o}% +\def\O{\realbackslash O}% +\def\l{\realbackslash l}% +\def\L{\realbackslash L}% +\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% +% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. +\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% +\def\w{\realbackslash w }% +\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% +\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% +\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% +\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% +\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% +\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% +\def\less{\realbackslash less}% +\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% +\def\char{\realbackslash char}% +\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% +\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% +\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }% +\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% +\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% +\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% +\def\t##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% +\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% +\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% +\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% +\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% +\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% +\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% +\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% +\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% +\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% +\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% +\unsepspaces +} + +% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces +% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the +% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). +{\obeyspaces + \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} + +% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. +% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. +\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} +\def\indexdummytex{TeX} +\def\indexdummydots{...} + +\def\indexnofonts{% +% Just ignore accents. +\let\"=\indexdummyfont +\let\`=\indexdummyfont +\let\'=\indexdummyfont +\let\^=\indexdummyfont +\let\~=\indexdummyfont +\let\==\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\c=\indexdummyfont +\let\d=\indexdummyfont +\let\u=\indexdummyfont +\let\v=\indexdummyfont +\let\H=\indexdummyfont +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{oe}% +\def\ae{ae}% +\def\aa{aa}% +\def\OE{OE}% +\def\AE{AE}% +\def\AA{AA}% +\def\o{o}% +\def\O{O}% +\def\l{l}% +\def\L{L}% +\def\ss{ss}% +\let\w=\indexdummyfont +\let\t=\indexdummyfont +\let\r=\indexdummyfont +\let\i=\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\emph=\indexdummyfont +\let\strong=\indexdummyfont +\let\cite=\indexdummyfont +\let\sc=\indexdummyfont +%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command +% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... +%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont +\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont +\let\code=\indexdummyfont +\let\file=\indexdummyfont +\let\samp=\indexdummyfont +\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont +\let\key=\indexdummyfont +\let\var=\indexdummyfont +\let\TeX=\indexdummytex +\let\dots=\indexdummydots +} + +% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. +% We must first make another character (@) an escape +% so we do not become unable to do a definition. + +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other +@gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. + +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize! +% workhorse for all \fooindexes +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there +\def\doind #1#2{% +% Put the index entry in the margin if desired. +\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else% +\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% +\fi% +{\count10=\lastpenalty % +{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage +\escapechar=`\\% +{\let\folio=0% Expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio +\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now +% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash in the indx. +% +% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, +% to get the string to sort the index by. +{\indexnofonts +\xdef\temp1{#2}% +}% +% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, +% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. +\edef\temp{% +\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% +\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}}}% +\temp }% +}\penalty\count10}} + +\def\dosubind #1#2#3{% +{\count10=\lastpenalty % +{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage +\escapechar=`\\% +{\let\folio=0% +\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% +% +% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, +% to get the string to sort the index by. +{\indexnofonts +\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% +}% +% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, +% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. +\edef\temp{% +\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% +\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% +\temp }% +}\penalty\count10}} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed. +% Write +% @unnumbered Function Index +% @printindex fn + +\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} + +\def\doprintindex#1{% + \tex + \dobreak \chapheadingskip {10000} + \catcode`\%=\other\catcode`\&=\other\catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\~=\other + \indexbreaks + % + % The following don't help, since the chars were translated + % when the raw index was written, and their fonts were discarded + % due to \indexnofonts. + %\catcode`\"=\active + %\catcode`\^=\active + %\catcode`\_=\active + %\catcode`\|=\active + %\catcode`\<=\active + %\catcode`\>=\active + % % + \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx} + \indexfonts\rm \tolerance=9500 \advance\baselineskip -1pt + \begindoublecolumns + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + (Index is nonexistent) + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + (Index is empty) + \else + \input \jobname.#1s + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 + \enddoublecolumns + \Etex +} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. +% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. +\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt + +\def\initial #1{% +{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt +\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount +\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi +\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} + +% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 +% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents +% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent=2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking + % parameters we've set above will have an effect. + \noindent + % + % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. + #1% + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#2}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi% + \par +\endgroup} + +% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm + +\def\secondary #1#2{ +{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in +\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 +\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par +}} + +%% Define two-column mode, which is used in indexes. +%% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416. +\catcode `\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage + +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage + =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}% + \eject + % + % Now switch to the double-column output routine. + \output={\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it once. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- < + % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize + \doublecolumnpagegoal +} + +\def\enddoublecolumns{\eject \endgroup \pagegoal=\vsize \unvbox\partialpage} + +\def\doublecolumnsplit{\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + \global\dimen@=\pageheight \global\advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage + \global\setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox1} + \global\setbox3=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox3} + \ifdim\ht0>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi + \ifdim\ht2>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi +} +\def\doublecolumnpagegoal{% + \dimen@=\vsize \advance\dimen@ by-2\ht\partialpage \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ +} +\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage % + \hsize=\doublecolumnhsize % have to restore this since output routine + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}} +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \setbox5=\copy255 + {\vbadness=10000 \doublecolumnsplit} + \ifvbox255 + \setbox0=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox0} + \setbox2=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox2} + \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty + \else + \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox5} + \ifvbox0 + \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + {\vbadness=10000 + \loop \global\setbox5=\copy0 + \setbox1=\vsplit5 to\dimen@ + \setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen@ + \ifvbox5 \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1} + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3} + \global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\pagesofar} + \doublecolumnpagegoal + } + \fi + \fi +} + +\catcode `\@=\other +\message{sectioning,} +% Define chapters, sections, etc. + +\newcount \chapno +\newcount \secno \secno=0 +\newcount \subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount \subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount \appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} + +\newwrite \contentsfile +% This is called from \setfilename. +\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc} + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise + +\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} +\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 % +\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi +% +} + +\def\chapternofonts{% +\let\rawbackslash=\relax% +\let\frenchspacing=\relax% +\def\result{\realbackslash result} +\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv} +\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion} +\def\print{\realbackslash print} +\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX} +\def\dots{\realbackslash dots} +\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright} +\def\tt{\realbackslash tt} +\def\bf{\realbackslash bf } +\def\w{\realbackslash w} +\def\less{\realbackslash less} +\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr} +\def\hat{\realbackslash hat} +\def\char{\realbackslash char} +\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}} +\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}} +\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}} +\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}} +\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}} +\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}} +\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}} +\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}} +% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. +\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}} +\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}} +\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}} +\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}} +\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}} +} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% Choose a numbered-heading macro +% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections +% #2 is text for heading +\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#2} +\or + \seczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \chapterzzz{#2} + \else + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels +\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsectionzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \appendixzzz{#2} + \else + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels +\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \unnumberedzzz{#2} + \else + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + + +\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} +\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} +\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter +% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +}} + +\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} +\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry + {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\global\let\section = \appendixsec +\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +}} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} +\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} + +\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +% +% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the +% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX +% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX +% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant +% to be executed, not expanded). +% +% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear +% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use +% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, +% simply yielding the contents of the . +\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% +% +\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% +\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} +\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% +\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% +\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry % + {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} + {\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}% + {\appendixletter} + {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% +\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. +% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. +\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} +\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} +\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} +\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} +\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and +% such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} +\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% +{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +\def\heading{\parsearg\secheadingi} + +\def\subheading{\parsearg\subsecheadingi} + +\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\subsubsecheadingi} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip \chapheadingskip \chapheadingskip = 30pt plus 8pt minus 4pt + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{ +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{ +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{ +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +\def\CHAPFplain{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} + +\def\chfplain #1#2{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #2\enspace #1}% + }% + \bigskip + \penalty5000 +} + +\def\unnchfplain #1{% +\pchapsepmacro % +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\def\centerchfplain #1{% +\pchapsepmacro % +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\CHAPFplain % The default + +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} + +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\def\CHAPFopen{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + +% Parameter controlling skip before section headings. + +\newskip \subsecheadingskip \subsecheadingskip = 17pt plus 8pt minus 4pt +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} + +\newskip \secheadingskip \secheadingskip = 21pt plus 8pt minus 4pt +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} + +% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. +\let\paragraphindent=\comment + +% Section fonts are the base font at magstep2, which produces +% a size a bit more than 14 points in the default situation. + +\def\secheading #1#2#3{\secheadingi {#2.#3\enspace #1}} +\def\plainsecheading #1{\secheadingi {#1}} +\def\secheadingi #1{{\advance \secheadingskip by \parskip % +\secheadingbreak}% +{\secfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% +\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 } + + +% Subsection fonts are the base font at magstep1, +% which produces a size of 12 points. + +\def\subsecheading #1#2#3#4{\subsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4\enspace #1}} +\def\subsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip % +\subsecheadingbreak}% +{\subsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% +\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 } + +\def\subsubsecfonts{\subsecfonts} % Maybe this should change: + % Perhaps make sssec fonts scaled + % magstep half +\def\subsubsecheading #1#2#3#4#5{\subsubsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4.#5\enspace #1}} +\def\subsubsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip % +\subsecheadingbreak}% +{\subsubsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% +\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000} + + +\message{toc printing,} + +% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written +% to \contentsfile. + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\def\startcontents#1{% + \pagealignmacro + \immediate\closeout \contentsfile + \ifnum \pageno>0 + \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. + \fi + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\outer\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + \vfill \eject +} + +% And just the chapters. +\outer\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% + % + \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl + \rm + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + \vfill \eject +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. +\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} + +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% +} + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry +% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry +% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. +\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 + +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of + % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% + \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi + % + % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in in \shortchapentry above.) + \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em + \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% +} + +\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} + +% Sections. +\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% Subsections. +\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} +\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} +\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we would want to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for +% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We +% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist +% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) +% +% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts. +\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}% +\endgroup} + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts +\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts + + +\message{environments,} + +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. +\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox +\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox +\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox + +\let\ptexequiv = \equiv + +%{\tentt +%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} +% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) +%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex +% depth .1ex\hfil} +%} + +\def\point{$\star$} + +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} + +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} + +\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{ + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} + +% The @error{} command. +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\def\tex{\begingroup +\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 +\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 +\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie +\catcode `\%=14 +\catcode 43=12 +\catcode`\"=12 +\catcode`\==12 +\catcode`\|=12 +\catcode`\<=12 +\catcode`\>=12 +\escapechar=`\\ +% +\let\~=\ptextilde +\let\{=\ptexlbrace +\let\}=\ptexrbrace +\let\.=\ptexdot +\let\*=\ptexstar +\let\dots=\ptexdots +\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}} +\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi} +\def\@{@}% +\let\bullet=\ptexbullet +\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext \let\l=\ptexl +\let\L=\ptexL +% +\let\Etex=\endgroup} + +% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. +% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword +% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this +% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input +% should produce a line of output anyway. +% +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} + +% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is +% for use in \parsearg. +{\sepspaces% +\global\let\obeyedspace= } + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip +\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount +\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\long\def\cartouche{% +\begingroup + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either +% side, and for 6pt waste from +% each corner char + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \hsize=\cartinner + \kern3pt + \begingroup + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip +\def\Ecartouche{% + \endgroup + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup +\endgroup +}} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \singlespace + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing + % at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent + \let\nonarrowing=\relax + \fi +} + +% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph +% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we +% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue +% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the +% document, after the environment. +% +\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% + +% This macro is +\def\lisp{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish + \tt + \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font + \gobble +} + +% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the +% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +% +% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the +% return following the @example (or whatever) command. +% +\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook +% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\def\smalllispx{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish + \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish + % + % Smaller interline space and fonts for small examples. + \setleading{10pt}% + \indexfonts \tt + \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt) + \gobble +} + +% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. +% +\def\display{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\def\format{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. +% +\def\flushleft{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} +\def\flushright{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble} + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. +% +\def\quotation{% + \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \singlespace + \parindent=0pt + % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're + % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... + \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + +\message{defuns,} +% Define formatter for defuns +% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +\newcount\parencount +% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. +% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. +\def\activeparens{% +\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active +\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen +\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + +\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } +\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} +% This is used to turn on special parens +% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). +\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} + +% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. +% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. +\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested % +\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% +% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. +\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% +\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. +% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. +\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi +\global\advance \parencount by -1 } +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } +% +\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} +} % End of definition inside \activeparens +%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the +%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] +\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&} +\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} + +% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. +% #1 should be the function name. +% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". + +\def\defname #1#2{% +% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were +% outside the @def... +\dimen2=\leftskip +\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent +\dimen3=\rightskip +\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent +\noindent % +\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% +\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line +\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations +\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % +% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) +% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, +% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking +{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, +% so that \rightline will obey them. +\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 +\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% +% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: +\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 +\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name +} + +% Actually process the body of a definition +% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. +% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. +% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, +% such as \defunheader. + +\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' +\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} + +\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} + +\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones +% except that they do not make parens into active characters. +% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. + +\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % +\obeylines\spacesplit#3} + +% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for +% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. +% +\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% + \begingroup\inENV % + \medbreak % + % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies + % so that it will exit this group. + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines +} + +\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% +} + +% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the +% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct +% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. +% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody +% +% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That +% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and +% won't strip off the braces. +% +\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty +} + +% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the +% braces (if any). That's what this does, putting the result in \tptemp. +% +\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{\def\tptemp{#1}}% + +% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final +% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 +% (which might be empty) the arguments. +% +\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% + \removeemptybraces#2\relax + #1{\tptemp}{#3}% +}% + +\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% Split up #2 at the first space token. +% call #1 with two arguments: +% the first is all of #2 before the space token, +% the second is all of #2 after that space token. +% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg +% and the second is passed as empty. + +{\obeylines +\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% +\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% +\ifx\relax #3% +#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} + +% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. + +% Define @defun. + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun +% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up + +\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +\hyphenchar\tensl=0 +#1% +\hyphenchar\tensl=45 +\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% +} + +\def\deftypefunargs #1{% +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. +\boldbraxnoamp +\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% +} + +% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. + +% @deffn Command forward-char nchars + +\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} + +\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defun == @deffn Function + +\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} + +\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} +% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. +\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% +\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} + +% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ +% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. +\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} + +% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} +% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup +\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents +% at least some C++ text from working +\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% +\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defmac == @deffn Macro + +\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} + +\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defspec == @deffn Special Form + +\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} + +\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% This definition is run if you use @defunx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. + +\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} + +% @defmethod, and so on + +% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument + +\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% +\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} + +\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% +\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defmethod == @defop Method + +\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} + +\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% +\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag + +\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% +\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} + +\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} + +\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} + +\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. + +\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} + +% Now @defvar + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. +% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. +% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up +\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} + +% @defvr Counter foo-count + +\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} + +\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% @defvar == @defvr Variable + +\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} + +\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} + +\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} + +\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypevar int foobar + +\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name. +\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% +\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in variables index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 +\endgroup} + +% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable + +\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} + +\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#3}}% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 +\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @defvarx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. + +\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} + +% Now define @deftp +% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. + +\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} + +% @deftp Class window height width ... + +\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} + +\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc +% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. + +\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} + +\message{cross reference,} +% Define cross-reference macros +\newwrite \auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. + +\def\setref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} + +\def\unnumbsetref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} + +\def\appendixsetref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} + +% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. +% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info +% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info +% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be +% omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1>0pt% + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \space [\printednodename],\space + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi +\endgroup} + +% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros + +% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore +% work in node names. +\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive \auxhat% +\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% +\next}} + +% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into +% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} +% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character + +\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} + +% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq + +\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} + +\def\Ytitle{\thissection} + +\def\Ynothing{} + +\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\gdef\xreftie{'tie} + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. + +\def\refx#1#2{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \csname X#1\endcsname + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +\def\xrdef #1#2{ +{\catcode`\'=\other\expandafter \gdef \csname X#1\endcsname {#2}}} + +\def\readauxfile{% +\begingroup +\catcode `\^^@=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\^^C=\other +\catcode `\^^D=\other +\catcode `\^^E=\other +\catcode `\^^F=\other +\catcode `\^^G=\other +\catcode `\^^H=\other +\catcode `\ =\other +\catcode `\^^L=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode `\=\other +\catcode 26=\other +\catcode `\^^[=\other +\catcode `\^^\=\other +\catcode `\^^]=\other +\catcode `\^^^=\other +\catcode `\^^_=\other +\catcode `\@=\other +\catcode `\^=\other +\catcode `\~=\other +\catcode `\[=\other +\catcode `\]=\other +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode `\$=\other +\catcode `\#=\other +\catcode `\&=\other +% `\+ does not work, so use 43. +\catcode 43=\other +% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters +{% + \count 1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count 1=\other + \advance\count 1 by 1 + \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi + }% +}% +% the aux file uses ' as the escape. +% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on +% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. +% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ +% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, +% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. +\catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 +\catcode `\%=\other +\catcode `\'=0 +\catcode`\^=7 % to make ^^e4 etc usable in xref tags +\catcode `\\=\other +\openin 1 \jobname.aux +\ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue +\global\warnedobstrue +\fi +% Open the new aux file. Tex will close it automatically at exit. +\openout \auxfile=\jobname.aux +\endgroup} + + +% Footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \footnotezzz +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +\long\gdef\footnotezzz#1{\insert\footins{% + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. + \hang + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + #1\strut}% +} + +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + + +% End of control word definitions. + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. + +%\hsize = 6.5in +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt +\parindent = \defaultparindent +\parskip 18pt plus 1pt +\setleading{15pt} +\advance\topskip by 1.2cm + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness=10000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. +% +\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% +\else + \emergencystretch = \hsize + \divide\emergencystretch by 45 +\fi + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) +\def\smallbook{ + +% These values for secheadingskip and subsecheadingskip are +% experiments. RJC 7 Aug 1992 +\global\secheadingskip = 17pt plus 6pt minus 3pt +\global\subsecheadingskip = 14pt plus 6pt minus 3pt + +\global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in +\setleading{12pt} +\advance\topskip by -1cm +\global\parskip 3pt plus 1pt +\global\hsize = 5in +\global\vsize=7.5in +\global\tolerance=700 +\global\hfuzz=1pt +\global\contentsrightmargin=0pt +\global\deftypemargin=0pt +\global\defbodyindent=.5cm + +\global\pagewidth=\hsize +\global\pageheight=\vsize + +\global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx +\global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx +\global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} +} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{ +\global\tolerance=700 +\global\hfuzz=1pt +\setleading{12pt} +\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt + +\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip +\advance\vsize by \topskip +%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt +\global\hsize= 6.5in +\global\outerhsize=\hsize +\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in +\global\outervsize=\vsize +\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in + +\global\pagewidth=\hsize +\global\pageheight=\vsize +} + +% Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight; +% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip. +% All require a dimension; +% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page. + +\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{ + \global\vsize= #1 + \global\topskip= #6 + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \global\voffset= #3 + \global\hsize= #2 + \global\outerhsize=\hsize + \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \global\outervsize=\vsize + \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in + \global\pagewidth=\hsize + \global\pageheight=\vsize + \global\normaloffset= #4 + \global\bindingoffset= #5} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin +% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. +\def\afourlatex + {\global\tolerance=700 + \global\hfuzz=1pt + \setleading{12pt} + \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt + \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt + \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm} + } + +% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. +\def\afourwide{\afourpaper +\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont +% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt \char '176}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def\auxhat{\def^{'hat}} +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt \char '174}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +%\catcode 27=\active +%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} + +% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. +{\catcode`\==\active +\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} + +\catcode`+=\active +\catcode`\_=\active + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font +\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ +%{\catcode`\\=\other +%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} + +% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. +{\catcode`\\=\active +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} + +% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. +\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +\escapechar=`\@ + +% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q +\catcode`\\=\active + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters +% even after parsing them. +@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@realbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@normalbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} + +%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below +%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 +@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other + +@textfonts +@rm + +@c Local variables: +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c End: diff --git a/time.c b/time.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d5cf2c --- /dev/null +++ b/time.c @@ -0,0 +1,663 @@ +/* `time' utility to display resource usage of processes. + Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* Originally written by David Keppel . + Heavily modified by David MacKenzie . */ + +extern const char *version_string; + +#include "wait.h" +#include +#include /* For getpagesize, maybe. */ +#include +#include +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#include +#include "port.h" +#include "resuse.h" +#include "getpagesize.h" + +void error PARAMS((int status, int errnum, char *message, ...)); + +static void usage PARAMS((FILE *, int)); + +/* A Pointer to a signal handler. */ +typedef RETSIGTYPE (*sighandler) (); + +/* msec = milliseconds = 1/1,000 (1*10e-3) second. + usec = microseconds = 1/1,000,000 (1*10e-6) second. */ + +/* Systems known to fill in the average resident set size fields: + SunOS 4.1.3 (m68k and sparc) + Mt. Xinu 4.3BSD on HP9000/300 (m68k) + Ultrix 4.4 (mips) + IBM ACIS 4.3BSD (rt) + Sony NEWS-OS 4.1C (m68k) + + Systems known to not fill them in: + OSF/1 1.3 (alpha) + BSD/386 1.1 (anything derived from NET-2) + NetBSD 1.0 (4.4BSD-derived) + Irix 5.2 (R4000) + Solaris 2.3 + Linux 1.0 + + It doesn't matter how many clock ticks/second there are on + systems that don't fill in those fields. + + If the avgresident (%t) we print is less than a power of 2 away from + the maxresident (%M), then we likely are using the right number. + Another good check is comparing the average text size with the + output of `size' on the executable. + + According to the SunOS manual, there are 50 ticks/sec on the sun3 + and 100 on the sun4. + + Some manuals have an apparent error, claiming that units for average + sizes are kb*sec. Judging by the contents of `struct rusage', it + looks like it should be kb*ticks, like on SunOS. Ticks/sec seems + to be (empirically): + 50 Mt. Xinu + 250 Ultrix (mips) + 50 ACIS + 100 NEWS-OS + + sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) is *unrelated*. */ + +#if defined(sun3) || defined(hp300) || defined(ibm032) +#define TICKS_PER_SEC 50 +#endif +#if defined(mips) +#define TICKS_PER_SEC 250 +#endif +#ifndef TICKS_PER_SEC +#define TICKS_PER_SEC 100 +#endif + +/* The number of milliseconds in one `tick' used by the `rusage' structure. */ +#define MSEC_PER_TICK (1000 / TICKS_PER_SEC) + +/* Return the number of clock ticks that occur in M milliseconds. */ +#define MSEC_TO_TICKS(m) ((m) / MSEC_PER_TICK) + +typedef enum {false, true} boolean; + +#define UL unsigned long + +/* The default output format. */ +static const char *const default_format = +"%Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xavgtext+%Davgdata %Mmaxresident)k\n\ +%Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps"; + +/* The output format for the -p option .*/ +static const char *const posix_format = "real %e\nuser %U\nsys %S"; + +/* Format string for printing all statistics verbosely. + Keep this output to 24 lines so users on terminals can see it all. + + The format string is used two ways: as a format string, and in + verbose mode, to document all the possible formatting possiblities. + When `longstats' is used as a format string, it has to be put into + one contiguous string (e.g., into a `char[]'). We could alternatively + store it as a `char *' and convert it into a `*char[]' when we need + it as documentation, but most compilers choke on very long strings. */ + +static const char *const longstats[] = +{ + "\tCommand being timed: \"%C\"\n", + "\tUser time (seconds): %U\n", + "\tSystem time (seconds): %S\n", + "\tPercent of CPU this job got: %P\n", + "\tElapsed (wall clock) time (h:mm:ss or m:ss): %E\n", + "\tAverage shared text size (kbytes): %X\n", + "\tAverage unshared data size (kbytes): %D\n", + "\tAverage stack size (kbytes): %p\n", + "\tAverage total size (kbytes): %K\n", + "\tMaximum resident set size (kbytes): %M\n", + "\tAverage resident set size (kbytes): %t\n", + "\tMajor (requiring I/O) page faults: %F\n", + "\tMinor (reclaiming a frame) page faults: %R\n", + "\tVoluntary context switches: %w\n", + "\tInvoluntary context switches: %c\n", + "\tSwaps: %W\n", + "\tFile system inputs: %I\n", + "\tFile system outputs: %O\n", + "\tSocket messages sent: %s\n", + "\tSocket messages received: %r\n", + "\tSignals delivered: %k\n", + "\tPage size (bytes): %Z\n", + "\tExit status: %x", + NULL +}; + +/* If true, show an English description next to each statistic. */ +static boolean verbose; + +/* Name of output file. Only used if -o option is given. */ +static const char *outfile; + +/* Output stream, stderr by default. */ +static FILE *outfp; + +/* If true, append to `outfile' rather than truncating it. */ +static boolean append; + +/* The output format string. */ +static const char *output_format; + +/* The name this program was invoked by. */ +char *program_name; + +static struct option longopts[] = +{ + {"append", no_argument, NULL, 'a'}, + {"format", required_argument, NULL, 'f'}, + {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'}, + {"output-file", required_argument, NULL, 'o'}, + {"portability", no_argument, NULL, 'p'}, + {"verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'v'}, + {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'V'}, + {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} +}; + +/* Print ARGV to FP, with each entry in ARGV separated by FILLER. */ + +static void +fprintargv (fp, argv, filler) + FILE *fp; + const char *const *argv; + const char *filler; +{ + const char *const *av; + + av = argv; + fputs (*av, fp); + while (*++av) + { + fputs (filler, fp); + fputs (*av, fp); + } + if (ferror (fp)) + error (1, errno, "write error"); +} + +/* Return a null-terminated string containing the concatenation, + in order, of all of the elements of ARGV. + The '\0' at the end of each ARGV-element is not copied. + Example: char *argv[] = {"12", "ab", ".,"}; + linear_argv(argv) == "12ab.," + Print a message and return NULL if memory allocation failed. */ + +static char * +linear_argv (argv) + const char *const *argv; +{ + const char *const *s; /* Each string in ARGV. */ + char *new; /* Allocated space. */ + char *dp; /* Copy in to destination. */ + const char *sp; /* Copy from source. */ + int size; + + /* Find length of ARGV and allocate. */ + size = 1; + for (s = argv; *s; ++s) + size += strlen (*s); + new = (char *) malloc (size); + if (new == NULL) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: virtual memory exhausted\n", program_name); + return NULL; + } + + /* Copy each string in ARGV to the new string. At the end of + each string copy, back up `dp' so that on the next string, + the `\0' will be overwritten. */ + for (s = argv, sp = *s, dp = new; *s; ++s) + { + sp = *s; + while ((*dp++ = *sp++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + --dp; + } + + return new; +} + +/* Return the number of kilobytes corresponding to a number of pages PAGES. + (Actually, we use it to convert pages*ticks into kilobytes*ticks.) + + Try to do arithmetic so that the risk of overflow errors is minimized. + This is funky since the pagesize could be less than 1K. + Note: Some machines express getrusage statistics in terms of K, + others in terms of pages. */ + +static unsigned long +ptok (pages) + unsigned long pages; +{ + static unsigned long ps = 0; + unsigned long tmp; + static long size = LONG_MAX; + + /* Initialization. */ + if (ps == 0) + ps = (long) getpagesize (); + + /* Conversion. */ + if (pages > (LONG_MAX / ps)) + { /* Could overflow. */ + tmp = pages / 1024; /* Smaller first, */ + size = tmp * ps; /* then larger. */ + } + else + { /* Could underflow. */ + tmp = pages * ps; /* Larger first, */ + size = tmp / 1024; /* then smaller. */ + } + return size; +} + +/* summarize: Report on the system use of a command. + + Copy the FMT argument to FP except that `%' sequences + have special meaning, and `\n' and `\t' are translated into + newline and tab, respectively, and `\\' is translated into `\'. + + The character following a `%' can be: + (* means the tcsh time builtin also recognizes it) + % == a literal `%' + C == command name and arguments +* D == average unshared data size in K (ru_idrss+ru_isrss) +* E == elapsed real (wall clock) time in [hour:]min:sec +* F == major page faults (required physical I/O) (ru_majflt) +* I == file system inputs (ru_inblock) +* K == average total mem usage (ru_idrss+ru_isrss+ru_ixrss) +* M == maximum resident set size in K (ru_maxrss) +* O == file system outputs (ru_oublock) +* P == percent of CPU this job got (total cpu time / elapsed time) +* R == minor page faults (reclaims; no physical I/O involved) (ru_minflt) +* S == system (kernel) time (seconds) (ru_stime) +* U == user time (seconds) (ru_utime) +* W == times swapped out (ru_nswap) +* X == average amount of shared text in K (ru_ixrss) + Z == page size +* c == involuntary context switches (ru_nivcsw) + e == elapsed real time in seconds +* k == signals delivered (ru_nsignals) + p == average unshared stack size in K (ru_isrss) +* r == socket messages received (ru_msgrcv) +* s == socket messages sent (ru_msgsnd) + t == average resident set size in K (ru_idrss) +* w == voluntary context switches (ru_nvcsw) + x == exit status of command + + Various memory usages are found by converting from page-seconds + to kbytes by multiplying by the page size, dividing by 1024, + and dividing by elapsed real time. + + FP is the stream to print to. + FMT is the format string, interpreted as described above. + COMMAND is the command and args that are being summarized. + RESP is resource information on the command. */ + +static void +summarize (fp, fmt, command, resp) + FILE *fp; + const char *fmt; + const char **command; + RESUSE *resp; +{ + unsigned long r; /* Elapsed real milliseconds. */ + unsigned long v; /* Elapsed virtual (CPU) milliseconds. */ + + if (WIFSTOPPED (resp->waitstatus)) + fprintf (fp, "Command stopped by signal %d\n", + WSTOPSIG (resp->waitstatus)); + else if (WIFSIGNALED (resp->waitstatus)) + fprintf (fp, "Command terminated by signal %d\n", + WTERMSIG (resp->waitstatus)); + else if (WIFEXITED (resp->waitstatus) && WEXITSTATUS (resp->waitstatus)) + fprintf (fp, "Command exited with non-zero status %d\n", + WEXITSTATUS (resp->waitstatus)); + + /* Convert all times to milliseconds. Occasionally, one of these values + comes out as zero. Dividing by zero causes problems, so we first + check the time value. If it is zero, then we take `evasive action' + instead of calculating a value. */ + + r = resp->elapsed.tv_sec * 1000 + resp->elapsed.tv_usec / 1000; + + v = resp->ru.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000 + resp->ru.ru_utime.TV_MSEC + + resp->ru.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000 + resp->ru.ru_stime.TV_MSEC; + + while (*fmt) + { + switch (*fmt) + { + case '%': + switch (*++fmt) + { + case '%': /* Literal '%'. */ + putc ('%', fp); + break; + case 'C': /* The command that got timed. */ + fprintargv (fp, command, " "); + break; + case 'D': /* Average unshared data size. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", + MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) == 0 ? 0 : + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_idrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) + + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_isrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v)); + break; + case 'E': /* Elapsed real (wall clock) time. */ + if (resp->elapsed.tv_sec >= 3600) /* One hour -> h:m:s. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld:%02ld:%02ld", + resp->elapsed.tv_sec / 3600, + (resp->elapsed.tv_sec % 3600) / 60, + resp->elapsed.tv_sec % 60); + else + fprintf (fp, "%ld:%02ld.%02ld", /* -> m:s. */ + resp->elapsed.tv_sec / 60, + resp->elapsed.tv_sec % 60, + resp->elapsed.tv_usec / 10000); + break; + case 'F': /* Major page faults. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_majflt); + break; + case 'I': /* Inputs. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_inblock); + break; + case 'K': /* Average mem usage == data+stack+text. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", + MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) == 0 ? 0 : + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_idrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) + + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_isrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) + + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_ixrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v)); + break; + case 'M': /* Maximum resident set size. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_maxrss)); + break; + case 'O': /* Outputs. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_oublock); + break; + case 'P': /* Percent of CPU this job got. */ + /* % cpu is (total cpu time)/(elapsed time). */ + if (r > 0) + fprintf (fp, "%lu%%", (v * 100 / r)); + else + fprintf (fp, "?%%"); + break; + case 'R': /* Minor page faults (reclaims). */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_minflt); + break; + case 'S': /* System time. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld.%02ld", + resp->ru.ru_stime.tv_sec, + resp->ru.ru_stime.TV_MSEC / 10); + break; + case 'U': /* User time. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld.%02ld", + resp->ru.ru_utime.tv_sec, + resp->ru.ru_utime.TV_MSEC / 10); + break; + case 'W': /* Times swapped out. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_nswap); + break; + case 'X': /* Average shared text size. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", + MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) == 0 ? 0 : + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_ixrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v)); + break; + case 'Z': /* Page size. */ + fprintf (fp, "%d", getpagesize ()); + break; + case 'c': /* Involuntary context switches. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_nivcsw); + break; + case 'e': /* Elapsed real time in seconds. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld.%02ld", + resp->elapsed.tv_sec, + resp->elapsed.tv_usec / 10000); + break; + case 'k': /* Signals delivered. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_nsignals); + break; + case 'p': /* Average stack segment. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", + MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) == 0 ? 0 : + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_isrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v)); + break; + case 'r': /* Incoming socket messages received. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_msgrcv); + break; + case 's': /* Outgoing socket messages sent. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_msgsnd); + break; + case 't': /* Average resident set size. */ + fprintf (fp, "%lu", + MSEC_TO_TICKS (v) == 0 ? 0 : + ptok ((UL) resp->ru.ru_idrss) / MSEC_TO_TICKS (v)); + break; + case 'w': /* Voluntary context switches. */ + fprintf (fp, "%ld", resp->ru.ru_nvcsw); + break; + case 'x': /* Exit status. */ + fprintf (fp, "%d", WEXITSTATUS (resp->waitstatus)); + break; + case '\0': + putc ('?', fp); + return; + default: + putc ('?', fp); + putc (*fmt, fp); + } + ++fmt; + break; + + case '\\': /* Format escape. */ + switch (*++fmt) + { + case 't': + putc ('\t', fp); + break; + case 'n': + putc ('\n', fp); + break; + case '\\': + putc ('\\', fp); + break; + default: + putc ('?', fp); + putc ('\\', fp); + putc (*fmt, fp); + } + ++fmt; + break; + + default: + putc (*fmt++, fp); + } + + if (ferror (fp)) + error (1, errno, "write error"); + } + putc ('\n', fp); + + if (ferror (fp)) + error (1, errno, "write error"); +} + +/* Initialize the options and parse the command line arguments. + Also note the position in ARGV where the command to time starts. + + By default, output is to stderr. + + ARGV is the array of command line arguments. + ARGC is the number of command line arguments. + + Return the command line to run and gather statistics on. */ + +static const char ** +getargs (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int optc; + char *format; /* Format found in environment. */ + + /* Initialize the option flags. */ + verbose = false; + outfile = NULL; + outfp = stderr; + append = false; + output_format = default_format; + program_name = argv[0]; + + /* Set the format string from the environment. Do this before checking + the args so that we won't clobber a user-specified format. */ + format = getenv ("TIME"); + if (format) + output_format = format; + + while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+af:o:pvV", longopts, (int *) 0)) + != EOF) + { + switch (optc) + { + case 'a': + append = true; + break; + case 'f': + output_format = optarg; + break; + case 'h': + usage (stdout, 0); + case 'o': + outfile = optarg; + break; + case 'p': + output_format = posix_format; + break; + case 'v': + verbose = true; + break; + case 'V': + fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", version_string); + exit (0); + default: + usage (stderr, 1); + } + } + + if (optind == argc) + usage (stderr, 1); + + if (outfile) + { + if (append) + outfp = fopen (outfile, "a"); + else + outfp = fopen (outfile, "w"); + if (outfp == NULL) + error (1, errno, "%s", outfile); + } + + /* If the user specified verbose output, we need to convert + `longstats' to a `char *'. */ + if (verbose) + { + output_format = (const char *) linear_argv (longstats); + if (output_format == NULL) + exit (1); /* Out of memory. */ + } + + return (const char **) &argv[optind]; +} + +/* Run command CMD and return statistics on it. + Put the statistics in *RESP. */ + +static void +run_command (cmd, resp) + char *const *cmd; + RESUSE *resp; +{ + pid_t pid; /* Pid of child. */ + sighandler interrupt_signal, quit_signal; + + resuse_start (resp); + + pid = fork (); /* Run CMD as child process. */ + if (pid < 0) + error (1, errno, "cannot fork"); + else if (pid == 0) + { /* If child. */ + /* Don't cast execvp arguments; that causes errors on some systems, + versus merely warnings if the cast is left off. */ + execvp (cmd[0], cmd); + error (0, errno, "cannot run %s", cmd[0]); + _exit (errno == ENOENT ? 127 : 126); + } + + /* Have signals kill the child but not self (if possible). */ + interrupt_signal = signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN); + quit_signal = signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN); + + if (resuse_end (pid, resp) == 0) + error (1, errno, "error waiting for child process"); + + /* Re-enable signals. */ + signal (SIGINT, interrupt_signal); + signal (SIGQUIT, quit_signal); +} + +void +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + const char **command_line; + RESUSE res; + + command_line = getargs (argc, argv); + run_command (command_line, &res); + summarize (outfp, output_format, command_line, &res); + fflush (outfp); + + if (WIFSTOPPED (res.waitstatus)) + exit (WSTOPSIG (res.waitstatus)); + else if (WIFSIGNALED (res.waitstatus)) + exit (WTERMSIG (res.waitstatus)); + else if (WIFEXITED (res.waitstatus)) + exit (WEXITSTATUS (res.waitstatus)); +} + +static void +usage (stream, status) + FILE *stream; + int status; +{ + fprintf (stream, "\ +Usage: %s [-apvV] [-f format] [-o file] [--append] [--verbose]\n\ + [--portability] [--format=format] [--output=file] [--version]\n\ + [--help] command [arg...]\n", + program_name); + exit (status); +} diff --git a/time.info b/time.info new file mode 100644 index 0000000..159d2e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/time.info @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +This is Info file ./time.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input +file time.texi. + + This file documents the the GNU `time' command for running programs +and summarizing the system resources they use. + + Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of +this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that +the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + + Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this +manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified +versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a +translation approved by the Foundation. + + +File: time.info, Node: Top, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) + + This file documents the the GNU `time' command for running programs +and summarizing the system resources they use. This is edition 1.7, +for version 1.7. + +* Menu: + +* Resource Measurement:: Measuring program resource use. + + -- The Detailed Node Listing -- + +Measuring Program Resource Use + +* Setting Format:: Selecting the information reported by `time'. +* Format String:: The information `time' can report. +* Redirecting:: Writing the information to a file. +* Examples:: Examples of using `time'. +* Accuracy:: Limitations on the accuracy of `time' output. +* Invoking time:: Summary of the options to the `time' command. + +The Format String + +* Time Resources:: +* Memory Resources:: +* I/O Resources:: +* Command Info:: + + +File: time.info, Node: Resource Measurement, Up: Top + +Measuring Program Resource Use +****************************** + + The `time' command runs another program, then displays information +about the resources used by that program, collected by the system while +the program was running. You can select which information is reported +and the format in which it is shown (*note Setting Format::.), or have +`time' save the information in a file instead of displaying it on the +screen (*note Redirecting::.). + + The resources that `time' can report on fall into the general +categories of time, memory, and I/O and IPC calls. Some systems do not +provide much information about program resource use; `time' reports +unavailable information as zero values (*note Accuracy::.). + + The format of the `time' command is: + + time [option...] COMMAND [ARG...] + + `time' runs the program COMMAND, with any given arguments ARG.... +When COMMAND finishes, `time' displays information about resources used +by COMMAND. + + Here is an example of using `time' to measure the time and other +resources used by running the program `grep': + + eg$ time grep nobody /etc/aliases + nobody:/dev/null + etc-files:nobody + misc-group:nobody + 0.07user 0.50system 0:06.69elapsed 8%CPU (0avgtext+489avgdata 324maxresident)k + 46inputs+7outputs (43major+251minor)pagefaults 0swaps + + Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU `time' to +`bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu'. Please include the version of `time', +which you can get by running `time --version', and the operating system +and C compiler you used. + +* Menu: + +* Setting Format:: Selecting the information reported by `time'. +* Format String:: The information `time' can report. +* Redirecting:: Writing the information to a file. +* Examples:: Examples of using `time'. +* Accuracy:: Limitations on the accuracy of `time' output. +* Invoking time:: Summary of the options to the `time' command. + + +File: time.info, Node: Setting Format, Next: Format String, Up: Resource Measurement + +Setting the Output Format +========================= + + `time' uses a "format string" to determine which information to +display about the resources used by the command it runs. *Note Format +String::, for the interpretation of the format string contents. + + You can specify a format string with the command line options listed +below. If no format is specified on the command line, but the `TIME' +environment variable is set, its value is used as the format string. +Otherwise, the default format built into `time' is used: + + %Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k + %Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps + + The command line options to set the format are: + +`-f FORMAT' +`--format=FORMAT' + Use FORMAT as the format string. + +`-p' +`--portability' + Use the following format string, for conformance with POSIX + standard 1003.2: + + real %e + user %U + sys %S + +`-v' +`--verbose' + Use the built-in verbose format, which displays each available + piece of information on the program's resource use on its own + line, with an English description of its meaning. + + +File: time.info, Node: Format String, Next: Redirecting, Prev: Setting Format, Up: Resource Measurement + +The Format String +================= + + The "format string" controls the contents of the `time' output. It +consists of "resource specifiers" and "escapes", interspersed with +plain text. + + A backslash introduces an "escape", which is translated into a +single printing character upon output. The valid escapes are listed +below. An invalid escape is output as a question mark followed by a +backslash. + +`\t' + a tab character + +`\n' + a newline + +`\\' + a literal backslash + + `time' always prints a newline after printing the resource use +information, so normally format strings do not end with a newline +character (or `\n'). + + A resource specifier consists of a percent sign followed by another +character. An invalid resource specifier is output as a question mark +followed by the invalid character. Use `%%' to output a literal +percent sign. + + The resource specifiers, which are a superset of those recognized by +the `tcsh' builtin `time' command, are listed below. Not all resources +are measured by all versions of Unix, so some of the values might be +reported as zero (*note Accuracy::.). + +* Menu: + +* Time Resources:: +* Memory Resources:: +* I/O Resources:: +* Command Info:: + + +File: time.info, Node: Time Resources, Next: Memory Resources, Up: Format String + +Time Resources +-------------- + +`E' + Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in + [hours:]minutes:seconds. + +`e' + Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in seconds. + +`S' + Total number of CPU-seconds used by the system on behalf of the + process (in kernel mode), in seconds. + +`U' + Total number of CPU-seconds that the process used directly (in user + mode), in seconds. + +`P' + Percentage of the CPU that this job got. This is just user + + system times divied by the total running time. + + +File: time.info, Node: Memory Resources, Next: I/O Resources, Prev: Time Resources, Up: Format String + +Memory Resources +---------------- + +`M' + Maximum resident set size of the process during its lifetime, in + Kilobytes. + +`t' + Average resident set size of the process, in Kilobytes. + +`K' + Average total (data+stack+text) memory use of the process, in + Kilobytes. + +`D' + Average size of the process's unshared data area, in Kilobytes. + +`p' + Average size of the process's unshared stack, in Kilobytes. + +`X' + Average size of the process's shared text, in Kilobytes. + +`Z' + System's page size, in bytes. This is a per-system constant, but + varies between systems. + + +File: time.info, Node: I/O Resources, Next: Command Info, Prev: Memory Resources, Up: Format String + +I/O Resources +------------- + +`F' + Number of major, or I/O-requiring, page faults that occurred while + the process was running. These are faults where the page has + actually migrated out of primary memory. + +`R' + Number of minor, or recoverable, page faults. These are pages + that are not valid (so they fault) but which have not yet been + claimed by other virtual pages. Thus the data in the page is + still valid but the system tables must be updated. + +`W' + Number of times the process was swapped out of main memory. + +`c' + Number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily + (because the time slice expired). + +`w' + Number of times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, + for instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete. + +`I' + Number of file system inputs by the process. + +`O' + Number of file system outputs by the process. + +`r' + Number of socket messages received by the process. + +`s' + Number of socket messages sent by the process. + +`k' + Number of signals delivered to the process. + + +File: time.info, Node: Command Info, Prev: I/O Resources, Up: Format String + +Command Info +------------ + +`C' + Name and command line arguments of the command being timed. + +`x' + Exit status of the command. + + +File: time.info, Node: Redirecting, Next: Examples, Prev: Format String, Up: Resource Measurement + +Redirecting Output +================== + + By default, `time' writes the resource use statistics to the +standard error stream. The options below make it write the statistics +to a file instead. Doing this can be useful if the program you're +running writes to the standard error or you're running `time' +noninteractively or in the background. + +`-o FILE' +`--output=FILE' + Write the resource use statistics to FILE. By default, this + *overwrites* the file, destroying the file's previous contents. + +`-a' +`--append' + *Append* the resource use information to the output file instead + of overwriting it. This option is only useful with the `-o' or + `--output' option. + + +File: time.info, Node: Examples, Next: Accuracy, Prev: Redirecting, Up: Resource Measurement + +Examples +======== + +Run the command `wc /etc/hosts' and show the default information: + + eg$ time wc /etc/hosts + 35 111 1134 /etc/hosts + 0.00user 0.01system 0:00.04elapsed 25%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 0maxresident)k + 1inputs+1outputs (0major+0minor)pagefaults 0swaps + +Run the command `ls -Fs' and show just the user, system, and wall-clock +time: + + eg$ time -f "\t%E real,\t%U user,\t%S sys" ls -Fs + total 16 + 1 account/ 1 db/ 1 mail/ 1 run/ + 1 backups/ 1 emacs/ 1 msgs/ 1 rwho/ + 1 crash/ 1 games/ 1 preserve/ 1 spool/ + 1 cron/ 1 log/ 1 quotas/ 1 tmp/ + 0:00.03 real, 0.00 user, 0.01 sys + +Edit the file `.bashrc' and have `time' append the elapsed time and +number of signals to the file `log', reading the format string from the +environment variable `TIME': + + eg$ export TIME="\t%E,\t%k" # If using bash or ksh + eg$ setenv TIME "\t%E,\t%k" # If using csh or tcsh + eg$ time -a -o log emacs .bashrc + eg$ cat log + 0:16.55, 726 + +Run the command `sleep 4' and show all of the information about it +verbosely: + + eg$ time -v sleep 4 + Command being timed: "sleep 4" + User time (seconds): 0.00 + System time (seconds): 0.05 + Percent of CPU this job got: 1% + Elapsed (wall clock) time (h:mm:ss or m:ss): 0:04.26 + Average shared text size (kbytes): 36 + Average unshared data size (kbytes): 24 + Average stack size (kbytes): 0 + Average total size (kbytes): 60 + Maximum resident set size (kbytes): 32 + Average resident set size (kbytes): 24 + Major (requiring I/O) page faults: 3 + Minor (reclaiming a frame) page faults: 0 + Voluntary context switches: 11 + Involuntary context switches: 0 + Swaps: 0 + File system inputs: 3 + File system outputs: 1 + Socket messages sent: 0 + Socket messages received: 0 + Signals delivered: 1 + Page size (bytes): 4096 + Exit status: 0 + + +File: time.info, Node: Accuracy, Next: Invoking time, Prev: Examples, Up: Resource Measurement + +Accuracy +======== + + The elapsed time is not collected atomically with the execution of +the program; as a result, in bizarre circumstances (if the `time' +command gets stopped or swapped out in between when the program being +timed exits and when `time' calculates how long it took to run), it +could be much larger than the actual execution time. + + When the running time of a command is very nearly zero, some values +(e.g., the percentage of CPU used) may be reported as either zero (which +is wrong) or a question mark. + + Most information shown by `time' is derived from the `wait3' system +call. The numbers are only as good as those returned by `wait3'. Many +systems do not measure all of the resources that `time' can report on; +those resources are reported as zero. The systems that measure most or +all of the resources are based on 4.2 or 4.3BSD. Later BSD releases +use different memory management code that measures fewer resources. + + On systems that do not have a `wait3' call that returns status +information, the `times' system call is used instead. It provides much +less information than `wait3', so on those systems `time' reports most +of the resources as zero. + + The `%I' and `%O' values are allegedly only "real" input and output +and do not include those supplied by caching devices. The meaning of +"real" I/O reported by `%I' and `%O' may be muddled for workstations, +especially diskless ones. + + +File: time.info, Node: Invoking time, Prev: Accuracy, Up: Resource Measurement + +Running the `time' Command +========================== + + The format of the `time' command is: + + time [option...] COMMAND [ARG...] + + `time' runs the program COMMAND, with any given arguments ARG.... +When COMMAND finishes, `time' displays information about resources used +by COMMAND (on the standard error output, by default). If COMMAND +exits with non-zero status or is terminated by a signal, `time' +displays a warning message and the exit status or signal number. + + Options to `time' must appear on the command line before COMMAND. +Anything on the command line after COMMAND is passed as arguments to +COMMAND. + +`-o FILE' +`--output=FILE' + Write the resource use statistics to FILE. + +`-a' +`--append' + *Append* the resource use information to the output file instead + of overwriting it. + +`-f FORMAT' +`--format=FORMAT' + Use FORMAT as the format string. + +`--help' + Print a summary of the command line options to `time' and exit. + +`-p' +`--portability' + Use the POSIX format. + +`-v' +`--verbose' + Use the built-in verbose format. + +`-V' +`--version' + Print the version number of `time' and exit. + + + +Tag Table: +Node: Top934 +Node: Resource Measurement1725 +Node: Setting Format3678 +Node: Format String4907 +Node: Time Resources6214 +Node: Memory Resources6844 +Node: I/O Resources7549 +Node: Command Info8747 +Node: Redirecting8964 +Node: Examples9754 +Node: Accuracy12064 +Node: Invoking time13586 + +End Tag Table diff --git a/time.texi b/time.texi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d5af92 --- /dev/null +++ b/time.texi @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c %**start of header +@setfilename time.info +@settitle Measuring Program Resource Use +@setchapternewpage odd +@c %**end of header + +@include version.texi + +@iftex +@finalout +@end iftex + +@ifinfo +This file documents the the GNU @code{time} command for running programs +and summarizing the system resources they use. + +Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@end ignore +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Foundation. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title Measuring Program Resource Use +@subtitle The GNU @code{time} Command +@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for version @value{VERSION} +@subtitle @value{UPDATED} +@author David MacKenzie +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Foundation. +@end titlepage + +@node Top, , (dir), (dir) + +@ifinfo +This file documents the the GNU @code{time} command for running programs +and summarizing the system resources they use. +This is edition @value{EDITION}, for version @value{VERSION}. +@end ifinfo + +@menu +* Resource Measurement:: Measuring program resource use. + + --- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +Measuring Program Resource Use + +* Setting Format:: Selecting the information reported by @code{time}. +* Format String:: The information @code{time} can report. +* Redirecting:: Writing the information to a file. +* Examples:: Examples of using @code{time}. +* Accuracy:: Limitations on the accuracy of @code{time} output. +* Invoking time:: Summary of the options to the @code{time} command. + +The Format String + +* Time Resources:: +* Memory Resources:: +* I/O Resources:: +* Command Info:: +@end menu + +@node Resource Measurement, , , Top +@chapter Measuring Program Resource Use +@findex time +@kindex time +@pindex time +@pindex measurement + +The @code{time} command runs another program, then displays information +about the resources used by that program, collected by the system while +the program was running. You can select which information is reported +and the format in which it is shown (@pxref{Setting Format}), or have +@code{time} save the information in a file instead of displaying it on the +screen (@pxref{Redirecting}). + +The resources that @code{time} can report on fall into the general +categories of time, memory, and I/O and IPC calls. Some systems do not +provide much information about program resource use; @code{time} +reports unavailable information as zero values (@pxref{Accuracy}). + +The format of the @code{time} command is: + +@example +time @r{[}option@dots{}@r{]} @var{command} @r{[}@var{arg}@dots{}@r{]} +@end example + +@kindex resources +@code{time} runs the program @var{command}, with any given arguments +@var{arg}@dots{}. When @var{command} finishes, @code{time} displays +information about resources used by @var{command}. + +Here is an example of using @code{time} to measure the time and other +resources used by running the program @code{grep}: + +@example +eg$ time grep nobody /etc/aliases +nobody:/dev/null +etc-files:nobody +misc-group:nobody +0.07user 0.50system 0:06.69elapsed 8%CPU (0avgtext+489avgdata 324maxresident)k +46inputs+7outputs (43major+251minor)pagefaults 0swaps +@end example + +Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU @code{time} to +@code{bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu}. Please include the version of +@code{time}, which you can get by running @samp{time --version}, and the +operating system and C compiler you used. + +@menu +* Setting Format:: Selecting the information reported by @code{time}. +* Format String:: The information @code{time} can report. +* Redirecting:: Writing the information to a file. +* Examples:: Examples of using @code{time}. +* Accuracy:: Limitations on the accuracy of @code{time} output. +* Invoking time:: Summary of the options to the @code{time} command. +@end menu + +@node Setting Format +@section Setting the Output Format + +@code{time} uses a @dfn{format string} to determine which information to +display about the resources used by the command it runs. @xref{Format +String}, for the interpretation of the format string contents. + +You can specify a format string with the command line options listed +below. If no format is specified on the command line, but the +@code{TIME} environment variable is set, its value is used as the format +string. Otherwise, the default format built into @code{time} is used: + +@example +%Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k +%Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps +@end example + +The command line options to set the format are: + +@table @code +@item -f @var{format} +@itemx --format=@var{format} +Use @var{format} as the format string. + +@item -p +@itemx --portability +Use the following format string, for conformance with POSIX standard +1003.2: + +@example +real %e +user %U +sys %S +@end example + +@item -v +@itemx --verbose +@cindex format +Use the built-in verbose format, which displays each available piece of +information on the program's resource use on its own line, with an +English description of its meaning. +@end table + +@node Format String +@section The Format String + +@cindex format +@kindex resource +The @dfn{format string} controls the contents of the @code{time} output. +It consists of @dfn{resource specifiers} and @dfn{escapes}, interspersed +with plain text. + +A backslash introduces an @dfn{escape}, which is translated +into a single printing character upon output. The valid escapes are +listed below. An invalid escape is output as a question mark followed +by a backslash. + +@table @code +@item \t +a tab character + +@item \n +a newline + +@item \\ +a literal backslash +@end table + +@code{time} always prints a newline after printing the resource use +information, so normally format strings do not end with a newline +character (or @samp{\n}). + +A resource specifier consists of a percent sign followed by another +character. An invalid resource specifier is output as a question mark +followed by the invalid character. Use @samp{%%} to output a literal +percent sign. + +The resource specifiers, which are a superset of those recognized by the +@code{tcsh} builtin @code{time} command, are listed below. Not all +resources are measured by all versions of Unix, so some of the values +might be reported as zero (@pxref{Accuracy}). + +@menu +* Time Resources:: +* Memory Resources:: +* I/O Resources:: +* Command Info:: +@end menu + +@node Time Resources +@subsection Time Resources + +@table @code +@item E +Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in +[hours:]minutes:seconds. + +@item e +Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in +seconds. + +@item S +Total number of CPU-seconds used by the system on behalf of the process +(in kernel mode), in seconds. + +@item U +Total number of CPU-seconds that the process used directly (in user +mode), in seconds. + +@item P +Percentage of the CPU that this job got. This is just user + system +times divied by the total running time. +@end table + +@node Memory Resources +@subsection Memory Resources + +@table @code +@item M +Maximum resident set size of the process during its lifetime, in +Kilobytes. + +@item t +Average resident set size of the process, in Kilobytes. + +@item K +Average total (data+stack+text) memory use of the process, in Kilobytes. + +@item D +Average size of the process's unshared data area, in Kilobytes. + +@item p +Average size of the process's unshared stack, in Kilobytes. + +@item X +Average size of the process's shared text, in Kilobytes. + +@item Z +System's page size, in bytes. This is a per-system constant, but +varies between systems. +@end table + +@node I/O Resources +@subsection I/O Resources + +@table @code +@item F +Number of major, or I/O-requiring, page faults that occurred while the +process was running. These are faults where the page has actually +migrated out of primary memory. + +@item R +Number of minor, or recoverable, page faults. These are pages that are +not valid (so they fault) but which have not yet been claimed by other +virtual pages. Thus the data in the page is still valid but the system +tables must be updated. + +@item W +Number of times the process was swapped out of main memory. + +@item c +Number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily (because +the time slice expired). + +@item w +Number of times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, for +instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete. + +@item I +Number of file system inputs by the process. + +@item O +Number of file system outputs by the process. + +@item r +Number of socket messages received by the process. + +@item s +Number of socket messages sent by the process. + +@item k +Number of signals delivered to the process. +@end table + +@node Command Info +@subsection Command Info + +@table @code +@item C +Name and command line arguments of the command being timed. + +@item x +Exit status of the command. +@end table + +@node Redirecting +@section Redirecting Output + +By default, @code{time} writes the resource use statistics to the +standard error stream. The options below make it write the statistics +to a file instead. Doing this can be useful if the program you're +running writes to the standard error or you're running @code{time} +noninteractively or in the background. + +@table @code +@item -o @var{file} +@itemx --output=@var{file} +Write the resource use statistics to @var{file}. By default, this +@emph{overwrites} the file, destroying the file's previous contents. + +@item -a +@itemx --append +@emph{Append} the resource use information to the output file instead +of overwriting it. This option is only useful with the @samp{-o} or +@samp{--output} option. +@end table + +@node Examples +@section Examples + +@noindent +Run the command @samp{wc /etc/hosts} and show the default information: + +@example +eg$ time wc /etc/hosts + 35 111 1134 /etc/hosts +0.00user 0.01system 0:00.04elapsed 25%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 0maxresident)k +1inputs+1outputs (0major+0minor)pagefaults 0swaps +@end example + +@noindent +Run the command @samp{ls -Fs} and show just the user, system, and +wall-clock time: + +@example +eg$ time -f "\t%E real,\t%U user,\t%S sys" ls -Fs +total 16 +1 account/ 1 db/ 1 mail/ 1 run/ +1 backups/ 1 emacs/ 1 msgs/ 1 rwho/ +1 crash/ 1 games/ 1 preserve/ 1 spool/ +1 cron/ 1 log/ 1 quotas/ 1 tmp/ + 0:00.03 real, 0.00 user, 0.01 sys +@end example + +@noindent +Edit the file @file{.bashrc} and have @code{time} append the elapsed time +and number of signals to the file @file{log}, reading the format string +from the environment variable @code{TIME}: + +@example +eg$ export TIME="\t%E,\t%k" #@r{ If using bash or ksh} +eg$ setenv TIME "\t%E,\t%k" #@r{ If using csh or tcsh} +eg$ time -a -o log emacs .bashrc +eg$ cat log + 0:16.55, 726 +@end example + +@noindent +Run the command @samp{sleep 4} and show all of the information about it +verbosely: + +@example +eg$ time -v sleep 4 + Command being timed: "sleep 4" + User time (seconds): 0.00 + System time (seconds): 0.05 + Percent of CPU this job got: 1% + Elapsed (wall clock) time (h:mm:ss or m:ss): 0:04.26 + Average shared text size (kbytes): 36 + Average unshared data size (kbytes): 24 + Average stack size (kbytes): 0 + Average total size (kbytes): 60 + Maximum resident set size (kbytes): 32 + Average resident set size (kbytes): 24 + Major (requiring I/O) page faults: 3 + Minor (reclaiming a frame) page faults: 0 + Voluntary context switches: 11 + Involuntary context switches: 0 + Swaps: 0 + File system inputs: 3 + File system outputs: 1 + Socket messages sent: 0 + Socket messages received: 0 + Signals delivered: 1 + Page size (bytes): 4096 + Exit status: 0 +@end example + +@node Accuracy +@section Accuracy +@kindex error (in measurement) + +The elapsed time is not collected atomically with the execution of the +program; as a result, in bizarre circumstances (if the @code{time} +command gets stopped or swapped out in between when the program being +timed exits and when @code{time} calculates how long it took to run), it +could be much larger than the actual execution time. + +When the running time of a command is very nearly zero, some values +(e.g., the percentage of CPU used) may be reported as either zero (which +is wrong) or a question mark. + +Most information shown by @code{time} is derived from the @code{wait3} +system call. The numbers are only as good as those returned by +@code{wait3}. Many systems do not measure all of the resources that +@code{time} can report on; those resources are reported as zero. The +systems that measure most or all of the resources are based on 4.2 or +4.3BSD. Later BSD releases use different memory management code that +measures fewer resources. + +On systems that do not have a @code{wait3} call that returns status +information, the @code{times} system call is used instead. It provides +much less information than @code{wait3}, so on those systems @code{time} +reports most of the resources as zero. + +The @samp{%I} and @samp{%O} values are allegedly only ``real'' input +and output and do not include those supplied by caching devices. The +meaning of ``real'' I/O reported by @samp{%I} and @samp{%O} may be +muddled for workstations, especially diskless ones. + +@node Invoking time +@section Running the @code{time} Command + +The format of the @code{time} command is: + +@example +time @r{[}option@dots{}@r{]} @var{command} @r{[}@var{arg}@dots{}@r{]} +@end example + +@kindex resources +@code{time} runs the program @var{command}, with any given arguments +@var{arg}@dots{}. When @var{command} finishes, @code{time} displays +information about resources used by @var{command} (on the standard error +output, by default). If @var{command} exits with non-zero status or is +terminated by a signal, @code{time} displays a warning message and the +exit status or signal number. + +Options to @code{time} must appear on the command line before +@var{command}. Anything on the command line after @var{command} is +passed as arguments to @var{command}. + +@table @code +@item -o @var{file} +@itemx --output=@var{file} +Write the resource use statistics to @var{file}. + +@item -a +@itemx --append +@emph{Append} the resource use information to the output file instead +of overwriting it. + +@item -f @var{format} +@itemx --format=@var{format} +Use @var{format} as the format string. + +@item --help +Print a summary of the command line options to @code{time} and exit. + +@item -p +@itemx --portability +Use the POSIX format. + +@item -v +@itemx --verbose +@cindex format +Use the built-in verbose format. + +@item -V +@itemx --version +@cindex version number +Print the version number of @code{time} and exit. +@end table + +@contents +@bye diff --git a/version.c b/version.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48bef23 --- /dev/null +++ b/version.c @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +const char *version_string = "GNU time 1.7"; diff --git a/version.texi b/version.texi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef9acdc --- /dev/null +++ b/version.texi @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +@set UPDATED 12 June 1996 +@set EDITION 1.7 +@set VERSION 1.7 diff --git a/wait.h b/wait.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb8fed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/wait.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* wait.h -- POSIX macros for evaluating exit statuses + Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include /* For pid_t. */ +#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H +#include +#endif + +#ifndef WIFSTOPPED +#define WIFSTOPPED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0x7f) +#endif +#ifndef WIFSIGNALED +#define WIFSIGNALED(w) (((w) & 0xff) != 0x7f && ((w) & 0xff) != 0) +#endif +#ifndef WIFEXITED +#define WIFEXITED(w) (((w) & 0xff) == 0) +#endif + +#ifndef WSTOPSIG +#define WSTOPSIG(w) (((w) >> 8) & 0xff) +#endif +#ifndef WTERMSIG +#define WTERMSIG(w) ((w) & 0x7f) +#endif +#ifndef WEXITSTATUS +#define WEXITSTATUS(w) (((w) >> 8) & 0xff) +#endif -- 2.7.4